Rev G

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 282

E09 TD-4100XD

OIL IN WATER MONITOR


PN 104251
REV G
1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter provides a brief introduction to this manual, how to use it, explanations of symbols used in
the text, a brief introduction to the theory of monitor operation, and a table of contents.

1.1 ABOUT THIS MANUAL


This manual is applicable to all floor-mounted E09 TD-4100XD monitors starting at serial number 41-
1537-CE.

Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments has made every reasonable effort to ensure the accuracy
and completeness of this revision of the manual. However, we encourage all readers to provide us
with suggestions for overall improvement. Please report errors, omissions, or inconsistencies to Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments.

This manual provides information on the design of the E09 TD-4100XD on-line hydrocarbon monitor as
well as detailed site preparation, installation, operation, and maintenance instructions. The manual is
divided into the following chapters:

Chapter 1 – INTRODUCTION: Includes special notes to readers, safety protocol used within the
manual, a general theory of measuring hydrocarbons via fluorescence, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments contact information, and a table of contents.

Chapter 2 – DESIGN INFORMATION: Details typical applications as well as location, offsite, and
process considerations.

Chapter 3 – INSTALLATION: Details the typical E09TD-4100XD installation program; from receipt and
mounting of the instrument through completing piping and electrical connection.

Chapter 4 – OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: Details instrument options and accessories including:
design, installation, start-up, operations, maintenance, troubleshooting, and spares information for each
option.

Chapter 5 – START UP: Details a typical E09 TD-4100XD configuration and start-up.

Chapter 6 – CALIBRATION: Details typical E09 TD-4100XD correlation and direct calibration
programs.

Chapter 7 – OPERATIONS: Provides routine unit tour checks and key sequence information to ensure
continued trouble-free performance of the E09 TD-4100XD.

Chapter 8 – TROUBLESHOOTING: Provides a troubleshooting guide for the base instrument.


Refer to Chapter 4 – OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES for troubleshooting information on various installed
options.

Chapter 9 – MAINTENANCE: Outlines routine procedures that must be performed to ensure continued
trouble-free performance of the E09 TD-4100XD.

Chapter 10 – CHARTS: Provides a E09 TD-4100XD quick start flow chart, and a key sequence menu
chart.

Chapter 11 – GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS: E09 TD-4100XD general arrangement


drawings, including front, back, bottom, and side views of the instrument.

Chapter 12 – FORMS: Includes a copy of the Customer Application Survey (used by Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments to review application details and assess the viability of your application),
INTRODUCTION E09 TD-4100XD

a copy of the Installation Checklist (to permit customer assessment of the E09 TD-4100XD’s
preparedness for commissioning), a Commissioning Record Sheet (to document the instrument
configurations upon commissioning), and a Troubleshooting Worksheet (to aid Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments application specialists in remotely troubleshooting problems).

Chapter 13 – GLOSSARY: Provides a reference list of E09 TD-4100XD terms and definitions.

Chapter 14 – LEGAL & WARRANTY: Details legal and warranty information and provides contact
information for both domestic and international dealers / representatives.

1.2 SAFETY
The design of the E09 TD-4100XD includes many safety features. Nevertheless, there are hazardous
areas within the E09 TD-4100XD and operational hazards associated with the E09 TD-4100XD. For the
purposes of this manual, safety hazards are categorized as Electrical, Ultraviolet Radiation, and Acid.

1.2.1 ELECTRICAL SYMBOL


The E09 TD-4100XD is powered either by 85–265 VAC 50/60 Hz 1ф (standard) or 24 VDC (optional).
Some options such as a heater, a Class 1, Division 2 safety air purge system, or an ATEX Zone 1 safety
air purge system are voltage specific (110–130 VAC or 220–240 VAC). Site-specific procedures should
be followed consistent with the instrument power supply configuration.

NOTICE: When performing procedures described in this manual, heed all caution and warning signs
to avoid damaging static sensitive components, and contacting high voltage power circuitry (up to
1000 VDC).

1.2.2 ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION SYMBOL


The E09 TD-4100XD uses ultraviolet light for detection purposes. Exposure to ultraviolet radiation can
cause permanent damage to the eyes and possible blindness. Under normal use and maintenance,
there is no exposure to ultraviolet radiation.

NOTICE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends you wear approved protective
goggles or safety glasses whenever there is a potential for exposure to ultraviolet radiation from the
ultraviolet lamp. If you do not have access to approved protective goggles or safety glasses, Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends electrically isolating the instrument before opening
the flow cell door or exchanging the lamp.

1.2.3 ACID SYMBOL


Removing scale build up from the E09 TD-4100XD optical windows and/or sample conditioning system
may require preparation and handling of hydrochloric acid solutions. Concentrated hydrochloric acid
can cause severe burns to the skin and can cause permanent damage to the eyes. This manual
describes preparation and handling of these solutions. Heed all caution and warning signs and site-
specific procedures to avoid acid exposure.

NOTICE: Site-specific procedures should be followed when handling and working with hydrochloric
acid solutions, which should include personal protection equipment (PPE) and acid handling
apparatus.

1-4 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INTRODUCTION

1.2.4 ATEX SYSTEMS


Per policies and recommendations, no modification of ATEX safety systems is permitted by anyone
other than the original certificate holder and the end user. The end user assumes responsibilities for the
modifications. ATEX safety systems must be installed by competent personnel according to instructions
in this manual.

1.3 NOTE, WARNING, AND CAUTION SYMBOLS


This document provides:

NOTE: Statements that convey important information.

WARNING: Statements that identify conditions or practices that could result in personal injury or
death.

CAUTION: Statements that point out conditions or practices that could result in damage to the E09
TD-4100XD.

1.4 INTRODUCTION TO E09 TD-4100XD


The E09 TD-4100XD on-line oil content monitor detects aromatic hydrocarbons in water using
fluorometry in combination with a proprietary falling-stream flow-cell.

The E09 TD-4100XD is able to activate process control devices to stop, divert, or dilute process
streams, and permits process monitoring through system-function, and sample-level alarm contact and
analog sample level outputs.

Compared with other hydrocarbon in water detection methods such as ultraviolet or infrared
spectrophotometry, the E09 TD-4100XD offers:

1. Higher intrinsic sensitivity; from 100 to 1000 times greater than pure absorption detection
methods.
2. High selectivity, by “targeted hydrocarbon” optical tuning, minimizing chemical interferences
and false alarms due to sample turbidity.
3. Low maintenance due to the flow-cell and monitor design which has only one moving part.
The E09 TD-4100XD may be calibrated using prepared standard solutions or correlated to external
measurement methods.

1.4.1 THEORY OF OPERATION


E09 TD-4100XD measures the sample hydrocarbon level via fluorescence. Fluorescence occurs when
a molecule—in this case a hydrocarbon molecule—relaxes to its ground state after being electronically
excited. Fluorescent hydrocarbons absorb light—excite— at one wavelength and emit light—relax— at
a longer (less energetic) wavelength. The emitted light is filtered and translated to a voltage response
which corresponds to the concentration of fluorescent hydrocarbons in the sample.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 1-5


Rev G User Manual
INTRODUCTION E09 TD-4100XD

Fluorometers contain five important components:

1. Light Source
2. Excitation Filter
3. Sample Cell
4. Emission Filter
5. Light Detector
The E09 TD-4100XD electronics and a highly sensitive light detector allow hydrocarbons to be detected
from the parts-per-million (ppm) to parts-per-billion (ppb) range.

1. Light Source

The E09 TD-4100XD light source emits photons over a wide range of wavelengths.

2. Excitation Filter

The excitation filter narrows the range of wavelengths emitted by the light source. Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments selects the excitation filter to maximize “targeted hydrocarbon” response
and meet the user required detection range while minimizing the impact of chemical interferences and
sample turbidity.

3. Sample Cell

The sample cell is the portion of the flow-cell where the water sample is exposed to the light transmitted
by the excitation filter.

4. Emission Filter

The light emitted by the sample passes through an emission filter, which narrows the range of
wavelengths once again. This ensures only the desired wavelengths—those emitted by the “targeted
hydrocarbon”— are transmitted to the light detector. Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments selects
the emission filter to maximize “targeted hydrocarbon” response and meet the user required detection
range while minimizing the impact of chemical interferences and sample turbidity.

5. Light Detector

The light detector is formally known as a photomultiplier tube (PMT). When a photon reaches the
PMT, it is amplified, and a pulse of electricity is produced. The E09 TD-4100XD counts these pulses to
determine the “targeted hydrocarbon” concentration in the water flowing through the flow-cell.

1.4.2 NON-AROMATIC HYDROCARBON AND HYDROCARBON MIXTURES


Although not all hydrocarbons, or hydrocarbon mixtures, are aromatic, there are traces of aromatic
hydrocarbons in almost all unrefined and refined petroleum products and some non-petroleum products,
such as turpentine.

If the proportion of aromatic compounds to total hydrocarbons is constant, or nearly constant,


fluorescence may be used to provide quantitative hydrocarbon in water analysis, as the fluorescence
intensity per unit concentration is unique to each hydrocarbon or hydrocarbon mixture.

If the proportion of aromatic compounds to total hydrocarbons is not constant, fluorescence may
be used to provide semi-quantitative hydrocarbon in water analysis and may or may not provide
quantitative hydrocarbon in water analysis.

By way of example, if you want to measure crude oil that contains mostly aliphatic hydrocarbons, how
can you measure it with fluorescence, which only detects aromatic hydrocarbons?

If the concentration of aliphatic hydrocarbons is proportional to the concentration of aromatic


hydrocarbons, the E09 TD-4100XD would be calibrated against the total crude oil concentration
comprising both aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons.

1-6 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INTRODUCTION

1.5 REVISION HISTORY


The following table lists changes to previous versions of this manual.

Date Revision Section/Change Description


May 31, 2012 A Initial version of E09 TD-4100XD manual
June 22, 2012 B Chapter 4, Options and Accessories Updates to spares information
Chapter 6, Calibration Additions to direct calibration information
Throughout Corrections and additions
February 19, 2013 C Chapter 9, Maintenance Additional service procedures
March 20, 2015 D Chapter 2, Design Information Updated ATEX certification specifics in
Section 2.1.2 Site Considerations
Chapter 7, Operations Added Section 7.13 E09 Remote
Communications
Throughout Corrections and additions
November 15, 2019 E Throughout Corrections and additions
Chapter 4, Options and Accessories Changes to power consumption
specifications and spares kit part numbers
Chapter 14, Legal & Warranty Changes to service terms and locations
November 19, 2020 F Chapter 4, Options and Accessories Updated ATEX specifications
Chapter 9, Maintenance Updated procedures and images
Throughout Updated contact information
Novermber 29, 2021 G Chapter 2, Design Information Updated ATEX specifications
Chapter 4, Options and Accessories Updated ATEX specifications

1.6 CONTACTING TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON


INSTRUMENTS
5304 36 Street, Edmonton, AB, Canada T6B 3P3
Tel: +1 559 253 1414 Fax:: +1 559 253 1090
Sales & Marketing E: sales@oilinwatermonitors.com
Post-Sales & Service Support E: service@oilinwatermonitors.com
Website: www.oilinwatermonitors.com

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 1-7


Rev G User Manual
INTRODUCTION E09 TD-4100XD

Contents
1 INTRODUCTION..........................................................................................................1-3

1.1 About This Manual.............................................................................................1-3

1.2 Safety.................................................................................................................1-4

1.2.1 Electrical Symbol............................................................................................1-4

1.2.2 Ultraviolet Radiation Symbol...........................................................................1-4

1.2.3 Acid Symbol....................................................................................................1-4

1.2.4 ATEX Systems................................................................................................1-5

1.3 Note, Warning, and Caution Symbols................................................................1-5

1.4 Introduction to E09 TD-4100XD.........................................................................1-5

1.4.1 Theory of Operation........................................................................................1-5

1.4.2 Non-Aromatic Hydrocarbon and Hydrocarbon Mixtures.................................1-6

1.5 Revision History.................................................................................................1-7

1.6 Contacting Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments......................................1-7

2 DESIGN INFORMATION.............................................................................................2-1

2.1 Monitor Location................................................................................................2-2

2.1.1 Environmental Considerations........................................................................2-2

2.1.2 Site Considerations ........................................................................................2-3

2.1.3 Mounting Considerations................................................................................2-3

2.2 Offsite Requirements.........................................................................................2-5

2.2.1 Electrical Power .............................................................................................2-5

2.2.2 Instrument Air .................................................................................................2-5

2.2.3 Cooling Water (Optional, for Sample Cooler).................................................2-6

2.3 Process Requirements .....................................................................................2-7

2.3.1 Monitor Sample Return / Sample Drain .........................................................2-7

2.3.2 Monitor Sample Supply ..................................................................................2-9

2.4 Typical Monitor Process Flow Drawings.......................................................... 2-11

2.5 Monitor Calibration...........................................................................................2-13

2.5.1 Correlation Calibration..................................................................................2-13

2.5.2 Direct Calibration..........................................................................................2-13

2.6 Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments Design Review..............................2-14

1-8 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INTRODUCTION

3 INSTALLATION............................................................................................................3-1

3.1 Storage Information...........................................................................................3-1

3.2 Typical Installation Program...............................................................................3-1

3.2.1 Unpack the Monitor.........................................................................................3-1

3.2.2 Typical Packing List........................................................................................3-3

3.2.3 Typical Weight Reporting................................................................................3-3

3.2.4 Installing the Monitor Structural Frame...........................................................3-3

3.2.5 Completing the Electrical Hookup...................................................................3-4

3.2.6 Completing the Piping Tie-Ins.........................................................................3-5

4 OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES.......................................................................................4-1

4.1 Accessories........................................................................................................4-1

4.1.1 Start-Up Materials for the E09 TD-4100XD....................................................4-1

4.1.2 Optional Accessories and Spares Supplied at Additional Cost.......................4-2

4.2 Sample Port.......................................................................................................4-2

4.2.1 Introduction.....................................................................................................4-2

4.2.2 Operations......................................................................................................4-3

4.3 Safety Air Purge System Option........................................................................4-3

4.3.1 ATEX Zone 1 Certified Purge System.............................................................4-3

4.3.2 ATEX Zone 2 and Class 1 Division 2 Certified Purge System......................4-10

4.4 Monitor Power and Control..............................................................................4-13

4.4.1 Power Supply Options..................................................................................4-13

4.4.2 Alarm Outputs...............................................................................................4-17

4.4.3 Analog Output..............................................................................................4-19

4.5 Ambient Temperature Options ........................................................................4-22

4.5.1 Monitor Enclosure Heater.............................................................................4-22

4.5.2 Monitor Enclosure Vortex Cooler..................................................................4-23

4.6 Sample Cooler Option ....................................................................................4-25

4.6.1 Design Information........................................................................................4-25

4.6.2 Installation – Piping Connection...................................................................4-26

4.6.3 Start-up.........................................................................................................4-26

4.6.4 Operations....................................................................................................4-26

4.6.5 Maintenance.................................................................................................4-27

4.6.6 Troubleshooting............................................................................................4-27

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 1-9


Rev G User Manual
INTRODUCTION E09 TD-4100XD

4.6.7 Spares..........................................................................................................4-27

4.7 Wetted Materials..............................................................................................4-27

4.8 Optical Kit.........................................................................................................4-27

4.8.1 Spares..........................................................................................................4-28

4.9 Pneumatic Sample Pump................................................................................4-29

4.9.1 Installation – Piping Connection...................................................................4-32

4.9.2 Installation – Compressed Air Connection....................................................4-32

4.9.3 Installation - Electrical Connection................................................................4-32

4.9.4 Start-up.........................................................................................................4-32

4.9.5 Operations....................................................................................................4-35

4.9.6 Maintenance.................................................................................................4-35

4.9.7 Troubleshooting............................................................................................4-36

4.9.8 Spares..........................................................................................................4-37

4.10 Air Supply Options.........................................................................................4-37

4.10.1 Permanent Membrane Air Dryer and Pre-Filter Kit.....................................4-37

4.10.2 Air Compressor...........................................................................................4-41

4.11 Sample Switching System, Two Sample Streams.........................................4-46

4.11.1 Installation–Mounting..................................................................................4-46

4.11.2 Installation–Compressed Air Connection....................................................4-46

4.11.3 Installation–Electrical Connections.............................................................4-47

4.11.4 Installation–Process Connections...............................................................4-47

4.11.5 Start-Up.......................................................................................................4-47

4.11.6 Operations...................................................................................................4-47

4.11.7 Maintenance................................................................................................4-48

4.11.8 Troubleshooting...........................................................................................4-48

4.11.9 Spares.........................................................................................................4-48

5 INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS...........................................................................5-1

5.1 Start-Up with Application Specialist Assistance.................................................5-1

5.2 Start-Up Without Application Specialist Assistance...........................................5-1

5.3 The E09 TD-4100XD Keypad............................................................................5-2

5.4 Typical Initial Start-up Sequence.......................................................................5-3

5.4.1 About TD-USB Synchronization......................................................................5-5

5.4.2 Import Options................................................................................................5-6

1-10 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INTRODUCTION

5.5 Entering Access Codes......................................................................................5-7

5.6 Setting Monitor Display Units.............................................................................5-8

5.7 Configuring Alarms and Relays.........................................................................5-9

5.8 Testing Relays..................................................................................................5-14

5.9 Scaling and Testing Analog Output Level........................................................5-15

5.10 Setting Monitor Sensitivity.............................................................................5-16

5.11 Setting Monitor Date and Time.......................................................................5-17

5.12 Sample Switch Control (Optional)..................................................................5-18

5.13 Assigning Tag Numbers.................................................................................5-19

5.14 Defining Trend Plot Axes...............................................................................5-19

6 CALIBRATION..........................................................................................................6-1

6.1 Hydrocarbon Measurement Types.....................................................................6-1

6.1.1 Correlation Calibration Method (Produced Water Applications)......................6-1

6.1.2 Direct Calibration Method


(Steam Condensate and Cooling Water Applications)....................................6-2

6.1.3 Raw Fluorescence Calibration Method...........................................................6-2

6.1.4 Selecting A Calibration Method.......................................................................6-3

6.2 Assisted Hydrocarbon Calibration......................................................................6-4

6.2.1 Assisted Correlation Calibration......................................................................6-4

6.2.2 Assisted Direct Calibration .............................................................................6-5

6.2.3 Assisted Raw Fluorescence Measurement.....................................................6-5

6.2.4 Training ..........................................................................................................6-6

6.2.5 Calibrating Without Application Specialist Assistance....................................6-6

6.3 Using the Correlation Calibration Method..........................................................6-7

6.3.1 Setting the CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard...................................................6-13

6.3.2 Artificially Creating A Low Concentration Standard (Optional)......................6-15

6.4 Using the Direct Calibration Method................................................................6-16

6.4.1 Hydrocarbon Calibration Review Screen......................................................6-22

6.4.2 Setting the CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard...................................................6-22

6.4.3 Preparing Calibration Standard Solutions.....................................................6-24

6.5 Using the Raw Fluorescence Method..............................................................6-30

6.5.1 Setting the CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard...................................................6-31

6.6 Using the CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard........................................................6-33

6.6.1 CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard Calibration Record......................................6-37

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 1-11


Rev G User Manual
INTRODUCTION E09 TD-4100XD

7 OPERATIONS..............................................................................................................7-1

7.1 Home Screen.....................................................................................................7-1

7.1.1 Home: Normal Mode.......................................................................................7-2

7.1.2 Home: Trend Mode.........................................................................................7-4

7.1.3 Home: Statistics Mode....................................................................................7-5

7.2 Routine Unit Tours.............................................................................................7-6

7.3 Reviewing the Diagnostic Screens ...................................................................7-7

7.4 Displaying Current Alarms...............................................................................7-10

7.5 Displaying Event and Alarm History.................................................................7-10

7.6 Reviewing Relay Status .................................................................................. 7-11

7.7 Reviewing Calibration Data............................................................................. 7-11

7.8 Managing Automatic Timed Events................................................................. 7-11

7.9 Monitoring the Datalog..................................................................................... 7-11

7.10 Accessing System and Configuration Records..............................................7-13

7.11 Restoring the Monitor from Setup Files..........................................................7-18

7.12 Updating the E09 Firmware...........................................................................7-19

7.13 E09 Remote Communications.......................................................................7-19

7.13.1 IP Setup Tool...............................................................................................7-19

7.13.2 Administrator and Service Screens.............................................................7-21

7.13.3 Ethernet Firmware Auto Update.................................................................7-23

8 TROUBLESHOOTING................................................................................................8-1

8.1 Troubleshooting Guide.......................................................................................8-2

9 MAINTENANCE...........................................................................................................9-1

9.1 Routine Maintenance ........................................................................................9-1

9.2 Weekly Maintenance Checks.............................................................................9-2

9.3 Six-Month Maintenance.....................................................................................9-3

9.3.1 Lamp Replacement.........................................................................................9-3

9.3.2 Desiccant Plug replacement...........................................................................9-5

9.4 Four-Year Maintenance ....................................................................................9-6

9.4.1 Flow Cell Removal and Installation.................................................................9-6

9.4.2 Emission Filter Inspection/Replacement.........................................................9-9

1-12 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INTRODUCTION

9.4.3 Excitation Filter Replacement ......................................................................9-10

9.5 Fifteen-Year Maintenance................................................................................9-12

9.5.1 Time Clock Battery Replacement.................................................................9-12

9.6 Procedures as Required or as Directed by


Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments.......................................................9-12

9.6.1 Cleaning the Flow cell Nozzle and Hose......................................................9-13

9.6.2 Calibration Valve Gasket Replacement........................................................9-16

9.6.3 AC Power Fuse Replacement.......................................................................9-17

9.6.4 Analog Output Fuse Replacement................................................................9-17

9.6.5 Alarm Relay Fuse Replacement...................................................................9-18

9.6.6 Alarm Relay Replacement............................................................................9-19

9.6.7 AVS Pressure Sensor Cleaning and Replacement.......................................9-21

9.6.8 Detector and Chopper Motor Assembly Enclosure.......................................9-24

9.7 Procedures Requiring Kits


as Directed by Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments...............................9-25

9.7.1 AVS Air Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement.............................................9-26

9.7.2 AC Power Supply Replacement....................................................................9-28

9.7.3 Analog Output Board Replacement


(HART C1D2 and Z2 Non-Hazardous Areas) ..............................................9-33

9.7.4 Analog Output Board Replacement


(HART C1D1 and Z1 Hazardous Areas) ......................................................9-37

9.7.5 Analog Output Board Replacement


(Standard C1D2 and Z2 Non-Hazardous Areas) .........................................9-40

9.7.6 Analog Output Board Replacement


(Standard C1D1 and Z1 Hazardous Areas) .................................................9-44

9.7.7 E09 Motherboard Replacement....................................................................9-48

9.7.8 Ethernet Circuit Board Replacement............................................................9-52

9.7.9 Fluorometer Circuit Board Replacement......................................................9-57

9.7.10 Interconnect Cables Replacement..............................................................9-63

9.7.11 Keypad Replacement..................................................................................9-66

9.7.12 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Replacement................................................9-70

9.7.13 Relay Circuit Board Replacement...............................................................9-76

10 CHARTS..................................................................................................................10-1

11 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS............................................................... 11-1

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 1-13


Rev G User Manual
INTRODUCTION E09 TD-4100XD

12 FORMS....................................................................................................................12-1

12.1 Customer Application Survey.........................................................................12-2

12.2 Installation Checklist......................................................................................12-5

12.2.1 Location & Mounting...................................................................................12-5

12.2.2 Electrical and Control..................................................................................12-5

12.2.3 Instrument Air..............................................................................................12-5

12.2.4 Cooling Water (Optional, for Sample Cooler).............................................12-5

12.2.5 Sample Supply............................................................................................12-6

12.2.6 Sample Return / Sample Drain...................................................................12-6

12.2.7 Additional Equipment / Supplies Required..................................................12-6

12.3 Commissioning Record Sheet.......................................................................12-7

12.4 Troubleshooting Worksheet...........................................................................12-8

13 GLOSSARY............................................................................................................13-1

14 LEGAL & WARRANTY.............................................................................................14-1

14.1 Copyrights .....................................................................................................14-1

14.2 Trademarks....................................................................................................14-1

14.3 Right of Change.............................................................................................14-1

14.4 Limited Warranty............................................................................................14-1

14.5 ATEX Systems...............................................................................................14-3

14.6 Warranty Service within the United States/Canada.......................................14-3

14.7 Warranty Service outside the United States/Canada.....................................14-3

14.8 Out-of-Warranty Service................................................................................14-3

14.9 International Dealers & Representatives.......................................................14-4

14.10 Domestic Dealers & Representatives..........................................................14-4

1-14 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
2 DESIGN INFORMATION

TDHI have successfully applied the E09 TD-4100XD to monitor many applications, including the
following:

1. Hydrocarbons in Clean or River Water including cooling water monitoring, steam condensate
monitoring, drinking water intake monitoring, and crude oil cargo heater returns.
2. Hydrocarbons in Produced Water including light and heavy crude oil and gas condensate in
produced water, degasser discharges, and crude oil tank bottoms.
3. Hydrocarbons in Wastewater including refinery wastewater treatment plant outfalls, industrial
wastewater treatment plant outfalls, bilge and ballast water, and desalter tailwater.
4. Process Industries: Turpentine water separator monitoring and hydrocarbons in reaction water
monitoring.

NOTE: This list is not inclusive of all possible applications.

NOTE: Please complete and submit a Customer Application Survey to Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments for expert advice directly, or through your local Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments
Dealer or Agent (contact information provided in Section 14.9 International Dealers & Representatives
and Section 14.10 Domestic Dealers & Representatives).

The E09 TD-4100XD has been successfully applied to detect the presence of the following fluorescent
hydrocarbons:

1. BTEX compounds (Benzene, Toluene, Ethyl benzene and Xylene)


2. Condensate (natural unrefined light hydrocarbons)
3. Crude oil
4. Diesel
5. Gasoline
6. Heavy fuel oil
7. Jet fuel
8. Kerosene
9. Lubricating oils
10. Phenol
The E09 TD-4100XD has been successfully applied to detect the presence of the following non-
fluorescent hydrocarbons when found in combination with the fluorescent hyrdrocarbons listed above:

1. Alcohols
2. Aliphatics (straight chain hydrocarbons)
3. Animal-derived oils
4. Plant-derived oils
5. Ethylene glycol
DESIGN INFORMATION E09 TD-4100XD

Response to your CUSTOMER APPLICATION SURVEY

Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments, after reviewing your Customer Application Survey:

1. May advise you the E09 TD-4100XD is able to meet your application and performance
requirements and inform you of the recommended optical configuration.
2. May ask you for clarification and / or request you submit additional information and / or
samples to ensure the success of your application.
3. May advise you the application as defined in Section 12.1 Customer Application Survey is not
viable and suggest common alternatives to your stated requirements.
4. May advise you the application is not viable.

Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments confirms your application is viable

Proper locating of the monitor, process and offsite connection, and thoughtful consideration of monitor
options and accessories will insure rapid and reliable installation, and trouble free operation of the E09
TD-4100XD.

2.1 MONITOR LOCATION


This section discusses likely considerations for your monitor placement.

2.1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS


1. The E09 TD-4100XD enclosure is qualified to IP56 (IP66 for ATEX Zone 1 and NFPA Class 1,
Division 1 safety air purge options) and NEMA 4X, and is suitable for either indoor or outdoor
use. The E09 TD-4100XD enclosure:
a. Provides a degree of protection against falling rain, splashing and hose-directed water.
b. Is undamaged by the formation of ice.
c. Resists corrosion.

NOTE: If the E09 TD-4100XD is to be installed outdoors, it should be protected from direct sunlight
to prevent heat build-up in the electronics enclosure.

2. Due to the operation limits of the photomultiplier tube detector, the E09 TD-4100XD:
a. Must be installed in a location below 6550 ft [2000 m].
b. Must not be operated in environments containing high helium levels (such as is used in
saturation diving).
c. The internal temperature of the monitor enclosure must not exceed 120 °F [49 °C] at any
time. Evaluate possible internal temperatures based upon expected radiant heating, safety
air purge (if installed), air flow, and air supply temperatures. If the internal temperature is
expected to exceed 120 °F [49 °C], a monitor enclosure vortex cooler must be specified.
Note that the vortex cooler has a maximum inlet compressed air feed temperature of
110 °F [43 °C]. If the monitor is equipped with a safety air purge system, see Section 4.3
Safety Air Purge System Option for temperature limits.
3. Due to operational limits of the LCD display, the E09 TD-4100XD must not be exposed to
temperatures below 32 °F [0 °C]. If it is possible the ambient temperature may fall below 32 °F
[0 °C], a monitor enclosure heater must be specified.
4. The lowest operation temperature limit with the heater installed is -4 °F [-20 °C].

2-2 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD DESIGN INFORMATION

2.1.2 SITE CONSIDERATIONS


1. The monitor is electromagnetic field (EMF) protected. However, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments recommends the monitor be installed a minimum of 10 ft [3 m] from strong
electromagnetic field sources such as alternators / generators or large electric motors.
2. The E09 TD-4100XD is designed to be installed in non-hazardous locations. To meet
hazardous location requirements and provide additional weather protection, the E09 TD-
4100XD may optionally be configured for ATEX Zone 1 or ATEX Zone 2. See the manual
Addendum, PN 105788, for details of the certification ratings.

2.1.3 MOUNTING CONSIDERATIONS


1. Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends installation and operation within 10° of
vertical.
2. The E09 TD-4100XD monitor normal footprint is 1 ft 8 in. [0.508 m] wide by 2 ft 1 in. [0.635
m] deep. The base plate of the monitor structural frame is designed to bolt directly to a hard,
vibration-free surface according to the template (See Figure 2.1.3.1).
3. Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends installing vibration isolators consistent
with site-specific requirements if the TD-4100XD is to be installed where continuous high
vibration is anticipated or in a seismically active area.

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments, if requested and at an additional cost, will offer
recommendations or outfit monitors with vibration isolators / seismic protection. If the monitor is fitted
with Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments vibration isolators, the monitor height increases by 1
in. [25.4 mm].

4. The E09 TD-4100XD monitor installation envelope is 1 ft 9.875 in. [555.63 mm] wide by 2 ft
1 in. [635 mm] deep by 8 ft [2.45 m] high. To ensure ease of access for maintenance, Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends an additional 1 ft 8 in. [508 mm] minimum
clearance around the instrument including the rear.

NOTE: The back of the instrument is accessed during normal operation. Failure to provide the
recommended additional clearance around the instrument may limit proper monitor operation and
maintenance.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 2-3


Rev G User Manual
DESIGN INFORMATION E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 2.1.3.1 Bottom view of typical monitor

Figure 2.1.3.2 Front view of typical monitor

2-4 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD DESIGN INFORMATION

2.2 OFFSITE REQUIREMENTS


This section details requirements for offsite installations.

2.2.1 ELECTRICAL POWER


Please refer to Section 4.4.1 Power Supply Options.

2.2.2 INSTRUMENT AIR


The E09 TD-4100XD requires an instrument air supply to:

1. Prevent condensation on, and fouling of, the optical windows.


2. Pressurize and purge the monitor electronics enclosure for hazardous location applications or
where additional environmental protection is specified.
3. Provide monitor electronics enclosure cooling if a monitor enclosure vortex cooler is specified.
4. Provide power for the pneumatic sample supply and/or sample return pumps if specified.
5. Operate the automatic valve system.
6. Operate the sample stream switching system if specified.

2.2.2.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

The instrument air supply must be between 60 and 100 psig [413 and 689 kPa(g)]. If a permanent
membrane air dryer and pre-filter kit is specified, the air supply requirements are between 90 and 120
psig [620 and 827 kPa(g)].

To prevent condensation on, and fouling of, the optical windows, the “Air Curtain” pressure regulator
must be adjusted to 10 [68 kPa(g)], and the “Air Curtain” variable area meter must be set at 10 ft3/hr
[0.28 m3/hr].

To establish total anticipated air consumption, refer to Section 4.4.1 Power Supply Options, which
details individual option air requirements.

CAUTION: The TD-4100XD air supply must be instrument quality as defined in ISA S7 0.01-1996,
Section 5 and ISO 8573.1, wherein the air must be:

1. Free of particulate matter above 1 micron.


2. Have oil (liquid and gas) content below 0.008 ppm wt/vol [0.02 mg/m3].
3. Have a dew point at least 18 °F [10 °C] below ambient temperature to which any part of the
instrument air system is exposed, and shall under no circumstance exceed 39 °F [3.9 °C] at line
pressure.

Compressed air not meeting the above standards will damage the monitor and may prevent safety
devices from operating properly. Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends a local air
dryer system to protect the monitor even if the location has instrument quality compressed air.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 2-5


Rev G User Manual
DESIGN INFORMATION E09 TD-4100XD

2.2.2.2 INSTALLATION – PIPING CONNECTION

Figure 2.2.2.2.1 Back view of typical monitor

All monitor air consumers are fed from a common monitor air supply. To connect the E09 TD-4100XD to
the facility instrument air supply, use the 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] tube fitting.

2.2.3 COOLING WATER (OPTIONAL, FOR SAMPLE COOLER)


If a sample cooler is specified, the E09 TD-4100XD requires a cooling water supply and return.

2.2.3.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

All sample coolers are sized to meet application requirements. Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments requires the following information to complete the sample cooler sizing:

1. Cooling water supply temperature and pressure.


2. Cooling water return temperature and pressure limits, if any.
3. Sample supply temperature, pressure and condition (liquid volume fraction).
4. Sample fouling propensity (clean, average, dirty).

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments will, after completing preliminary sample cooler
sizing, submit design details to the user for their review prior to Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments arranging cooler fabrication.

2-6 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD DESIGN INFORMATION

2.2.3.2 INSTALLATION – PIPING CONNECTION

The sample cooler and the sample piping connection are mounted within the monitor structural frame
as per Section 2.3.2 Monitor Sample Supply. The sample cooler cooling water inlet and outlet piping
connection size are defined during the sample cooler sizing process but are typically either 0.5 in. [12.7
mm] or 0.75 in. [19.1 mm] Female National Pipe Thread (FNPT).

2.3 PROCESS REQUIREMENTS


This section describes process requirements that affect product design.

2.3.1 MONITOR SAMPLE RETURN / SAMPLE DRAIN


The TD-4100XD requires a sample drain connection to dispose of:

1. The sample after analysis.


2. Air used to prevent condensation on / or fouling of the optical windows.
3. Solids separated and gas evolved from the sample in the sample delivery / conditioning
system.

2.3.1.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

The sample drain must be capable of passing onto an unrestricted atmospheric drain:

1. Sample at a rate of 4 U.S. gal/min [15.1 L/min].


2. Air at a rate of 10 ft3/hr [0.28 m3/hr].
3. Solids separated and gas evolved in the sample delivery / conditioning system.

NOTE: If there is a possibility the monitor drain back-pressure may be above 2 in. H2O [0.5 kPa(g)]
or the monitor drain may be subjected to pressure fluctuations above ±1 in. H2O [0.25 kPa(g)], or if
the monitor drain is to be returned to the process, a sample return pump must be specified.

CAUTION: If the flow cell drain is directly connected to a drain with a back-pressure above 2 in. H2O
[0.5 kPa(g)] or to a drain that may through upset or fouling become restricted, the back-pressure may
flood the flow cell and E09 TD-4100XD electronics enclosure damaging the monitor (possibly beyond
repair).

Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments specifies an absolute minimum 1 in. [25.4 mm] open drain
connection. A 1.5 in. [38.1 mm] or larger open drain connection is preferred. If a sample return pump
is specified, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments specifies a minimum 0.75 in. [19.1 mm] sample
return line size and an open sample return drain overflow.

The E09 TD-4100XD drain assembly is designed to prevent stray light from entering the EZ Access
Flow Cell and to prevent flooding of the flow cell when permitted to drain by gravity to an atmospheric
drain collection system.

If stray light is permitted to enter the flow cell, it will find its way to the photomultiplier tube (PMT)
detector and cause false high readings and/or PMT output saturation (quenching).

NOTE: If any E09 TD-4100XD drain assembly modifications are contemplated, contact Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments for advice regarding material selection and fit-up to ensure the
planned modification excludes light from entering the sample cell.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 2-7


Rev G User Manual
DESIGN INFORMATION E09 TD-4100XD

CAUTION: Do not modify the drain connection or connection between the monitor’s flow cell and
bubble trap. Incorrect measurements could occur.

2.3.1.2 INSTALLATION – PIPING CONNECTION

Figure 2.3.1.2.1 0.75 in. sample return line


1.5 in. drain line sample return drain overflow

To connect the E09 TD-4100XD to the facility open drain, use a If a sample return pump is specified, the drain connection is 0.75
1.5 in. [38.1 mm] FNPT fitting in. [19.1 mm] Male National Pipe Thread (MNPT) for both the
sample return line.

NOTE: The sample return drain overflow must not be blocked or restricted. Immediate and severe
damage to the instrument will occur if blocked or restricted.

2-8 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD DESIGN INFORMATION

2.3.2 MONITOR SAMPLE SUPPLY


The E09 TD-4100XD requires the following.

1. A sample supply flow of 2 to 3 U.S. gal/min [7.6 to 11.4 L/min].

NOTE: The maximum sample flow is 4.5 U.S. gal/min [17 L/min] above which the sample
conditioning systems drain is overwhelmed. The minimum sample flow is 1.5 U.S. gal/min [5.7 L/min]
below which distortion of the falling stream flow profile causes reading errors.

2. A sample supply pressure of 5 to 20 psig [34.47 to 137.89 kPa(g)]. If the sample supply
pressure is below 5 psig [34.47 kPa(g)], a sample supply pump must be specified.
3. A sample supply temperature of 32 to 190 °F [0 to 88 °C]. If the sample temperature is above
190 °F [88 °C], a sample cooler must be specified.

NOTE: To provide maximum system performance, a lower sample temperature is preferred.

4. A sample supply temperature fluctuation less than ± 10 °F [± 5.5 °C] outside start-up and
shut down operations. If the anticipated temperature fluctuation is greater than ± 10 °F [± 5.5
°C], Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments should be consulted to minimize the impact of
temperature fluctuations on monitor readings. To limit temperature fluctuation, Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments may recommend a sample cooler be installed.
5. To minimize potential saturation, a sample supply hydrocarbon concentration in the ppm or
ppb range. If the application requires analysis in the high ppm or low % ranges, oil and water
samples must be submitted to Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments for analysis.
6. A stabilized sample, degassed to near atmospheric pressure prior to the sample point, to avoid
overwhelming the monitor sample conditioning system.
7. A sample supply sediment loading below 10 lb/1000 bbl [0.3 kg/m3]. If the anticipated sediment
loading is above this level, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments should be consulted
regarding possible additional sample conditioning requirements.
8. A sample supply pH of 2 to 10. If a pH below 2 or above 10 is possible or expected, Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments should be consulted regarding possible quenching and
interference with phenol applications.
9. To minimize potential interferences, a sample supply treated with an aromatic free chemical if
bacterial growth is possible or expected.

2.3.2.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends using:

1. An engineered sample quill to ensure a representative sample is available to the monitor.


2. Line specification isolation valves consistent with site standards to permit monitor
maintenance.
3. An engineered sample line size and route to ensure minimum sample transport time and to
minimize the possibility of sample stratification and/or gas, liquid, or solid traps. The minimum
recommended line size is 0.5 inch or 12 mm.

NOTE: If the sample point is on a disposal line that runs downhill after the sample point prior to
discharge, be aware that when the disposal line is full, the sample point may be under vacuum. If
the sample point pressure is between 3.8 and 5 psig [26 and 34 kPa(g)], a sample supply pump
should be specified. Note that sample pressures between 3 and 8.2 psig [26 and 56 kPa(g)] require
a flooded suction inlet.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 2-9


Rev G User Manual
DESIGN INFORMATION E09 TD-4100XD

NOTE: To ensure continuous readings, the sample system must remain flooded and deliver 2 to 3
U.S. gal/min [7.6 to 11.4 L/min] sample flow to the monitor above 5 psig [34 kPa(g)]. To ensure the
sample system remains flooded, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends the sample
point be installed ahead of a level or back-pressure control valve or similar line feature.

Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recognizes all line sizing involves trade-offs between pressure
loss, material cost, support requirements, line erosion, and transport time. All other things equal, Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends a sample line size between 0.5 in. and 0.75 in. [12.7 to
19.1 mm] and sample line lengths less than 25 ft [7.6 m].

NOTE: If you have any concerns regarding sample system design, please feel free to contact Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments prior to design completion to ensure the greatest chance for
success of your application.

2.3.2.2 INSTALLATION – PIPING CONNECTION

Figure 2.3.2.2.1 Back view If a sample supply pump is specified, use a 0.75 in.
[19.1 mm] FNPT fitting.
To connect the TD-4100XD to the sample supply, use
a 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] tube fitting on the end of the 0.5 in.
[12.7 mm] flexible hose.

2.3.2.3 OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS

When designing the sample delivery system, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends
the user design the sample delivery system to deliver 4 U.S. gal/min [15.0 L/min] at 7 psig [48 kPa(g)],
and fine tune the sample flow using the sample inlet valve. Typical Monitor Process Flow Drawings.

2-10 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD DESIGN INFORMATION

2.4 TYPICAL MONITOR PROCESS FLOW DRAWINGS

Figure 2.4.1 Typical produced water application

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 2-11


Rev G User Manual
DESIGN INFORMATION E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 2.4.3 Typical steam condensate application

2-12 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD DESIGN INFORMATION

2.5 MONITOR CALIBRATION


This section provides a brief overview of the calibration methods available with the E09 TD-4100XD
monitor. For detailed calibration instructions, see Chapter 6 CALIBRATION.

2.5.1 CORRELATION CALIBRATION


Correlation calibration of the E09 TD-4100XD may be used for all applications but must be used where
blank water and / or pure hydrocarbon are unavailable. Applications that must use correlation calibration
include light and heavy crude oil and gas condensate in produced water, degasser discharges, and
crude oil tank bottoms.

Correlation calibration, as the name suggests, requires correlation of the E09 TD-4100XD raw readings
against the site-specific total oil and grease standard method. If no site-specific standard method exists,
Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends the FastHEXTM Method or No-Solvent Method.

Note that the above example is an example only. The actual data is unique to every site. For further
information please refer to Chapter 6.3 Using the Correlation Calibration Method.

2.5.2 DIRECT CALIBRATION


Direct calibration of the E09 TD-4100XD is accomplished by presenting high and low samples of known
oil in water concentrations to the monitor.

The high standard may often be prepared when blank water and pure hydrocarbon are available,
with blank water used for the blank. A calibration standard is normally prepared by adding a known
amount of the hydrocarbon of interest (usually refined) into 2-propanol (isopropanol), then adding the
hydrocarbon / 2-propanol solution to blank water and agitating the mixture vigorously.

Applications that often permit direct calibration include cooling water monitoring, steam condensate
monitoring, drinking water intake monitoring, crude oil cargo heater return monitoring, and turpentine
water separator monitoring. This calibration method is not applicable for produced water.

Applications that occasionally permit direct calibration are oil in reaction water monitoring, refinery
wastewater treatment plant outfall monitoring, industrial wastewater treatment plant outfall monitoring,
bilge and ballast water monitoring, and desalter tailwater monitoring. Successful direct calibration
for these applications requires access to source water, and either the majority hydrocarbon or the

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 2-13


Rev G User Manual
DESIGN INFORMATION E09 TD-4100XD

least fluorescent hydrocarbon. Please contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments to assist in
establishing if direct calibration of the E09 TD-4100XD may be possible with your application.

For further information please refer to Chapter 6.4 Using the Direct Calibration Method.

2.6 TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS DESIGN


REVIEW
If upon completion of your preliminary monitor design you wish to have a Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments application specialist review and comment on the design, please contact Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments applications group at:
Tel: + 1 559 253 1414, Fax: + 1 559 253 1090, or
Email: sales@oilinwatermonitors.com
Normally, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments design review turn around is five working days after
receipt of your preliminary design information.

2-14 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
3 INSTALLATION

The E09 TD-4100XD is shipped mounted to a monitor structural frame. Please refer to Chapter 11,
General Arrangement Drawings for additional information.

This chapter describes storage, unpacking, and typical installation steps for the monitor, including
electrical and piping connections.

3.1 STORAGE INFORMATION


The monitor consists of electronic and mechanical components, which might be damaged by moisture,
salt air, and particulates. Protection of the monitor is essential. Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments
recommends storage of the monitor in the crate with the vapor barrier bag sealed until the monitor is
ready for installation. If the bag is opened, we recommend replacing the existing bags of desicant with
3 lbs [1.35 Kg] of desicant material and then heat sealing the vapor barrier bag. After the monitor is
removed from the vapor barrier bag, it should be protected as much as possible from moisture, salt air,
and particles entering the enclosure.

3.2 TYPICAL INSTALLATION PROGRAM


This section describes the proper unpacking and installation steps for the E09 TD-4100XD.

3.2.1 UNPACK THE MONITOR

Figure 3.2.1.1

When you receive the monitor, perform the follow-


ing steps.
INSTALLATION E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 3.2.1.2

Inspect the shipping container for physical damage


and the shipping telltales to establish if they were
triggered in transit. Register any anomaly with the
shipping company.

Figure 3.2.1.3

The monitor is secured in the packing crate with


the frame mounted options installed. The non-
frame mounted options and accessories, excluding
the air compressor option, are packed and secured
about the monitor.

If the monitor will not be installed immediately,


Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recom-
mends storing the monitor in its factory packaging.

When the monitor is to be installed, remove the 12


crate fastening bolts and lift the crate top open.

Figure 3.2.1.4

Exposing the monitor’s sealed vacuum bag.

1. Cut open the monitor vacuum bag and remove


desiccant packages.
2. Remove accessory items from the crate.
These are located between the monitor
structural frame legs at bottom of the
instrument.
3. Remove the monitor test log, monitor
documentation, and packaging sheets.
4. Cut banding straps and remove wood
brackets.
5. Carefully lift instrument and set the monitor
upright on the base plate of the monitor
structural frame.
6. To transport and position the monitor on
location, use the monitor structural frame lifting
eyes.

Inspect the monitor and accessories for physical damage and all items against the packing list. Report
any deficiencies to your company immediately.

3-2 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INSTALLATION

NOTE: Set aside the monitor’s accessories in a secure area so they are available to the commissioning
team when required. These accessories are critical to the commissioning and operation of the
instrument. Missing items must be replaced prior to commissioning service.

3.2.2 TYPICAL PACKING LIST


The typical packing list includes user information, purchase order and sales order information,
instrument serial number, and a list of all part numbers included in the order similar to that detailed in
the following tables. The following list is an example only and will differ from your particular monitor.

Factory Installed Items

Part Number Description Quantity


E09 TD-4100XD Base Unit Stainless Steel Enclosure 1
4100170 TD-4100XD Frame Mount System Option 1
101992 Gen II 316 Stainless Steel De-Aerator Assembly 1
104159 ATEX Zone 2, C1D2 Groups, CD Explosion Proof Purge 1
System Option
103772 Crude Oil Wide Band Optical Kit (a spare lamp has been 1
shipped with the monitor)
102038 Sample Port with Valve System Option 1
4100XDPAC TD-4100XD Export Crating & Packing 1

Optional Items Packaged in Crate with Instrument

Part Number Description Quantity


103870 CheckPOINT 4100/XD Solid Calibration Check Standard 1
(Orange), EZA
104319* E09 XD Start-up Spares Kit 1
104251* E09 TD-4100XD Operations Manual () Binder Qty: 3
CD Qty: 2 per instrument

*(Included with Purchase of E09 TD-4100XD Base Instrument Enclosure.)

3.2.3 TYPICAL WEIGHT REPORTING


A weight report including the monitor, monitor option and accessories weight data, and the shipping
container weight and dimension information is available from Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments.

The dry weight of the base instrument is 180 lbs [82 kg] and the wet weight is 185 lbs [84 kg].

3.2.4 INSTALLING THE MONITOR STRUCTURAL FRAME


The E09 TD-4100XD is attached to a stainless steel monitor structural frame ready to be floor-mounted.
Refer to Section 2.1 Monitor Location for monitor site considerations, dimensions, and recommended
monitor clearances.

Mount the monitor structural frame base plate using screws, studs, or bolts appropriate to the mounting
surface.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 3-3


Rev G User Manual
INSTALLATION E09 TD-4100XD

NOTE: Mounting screws, studs, or bolts are NOT supplied. The maximum screw, stud,
or bolt size supported is 0.375 in. [9.5 mm].

3.2.5 COMPLETING THE ELECTRICAL HOOKUP

CAUTION: Electrical connections should be made only by trained service personnel or certified
electrician, and should only be completed in accordance with applicable electrical codes, site
isolation, and safe work practices.

NOTE: Never run signal wires in conduit or cable with power wiring. Use separate conduit or cable
runs and separate entries into the monitor enclosure. The bottom of the monitor enclosure has 3
(three) 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] conduit/cable gland knockouts fitted with oil-tight stainless-steel hole seals.
Optionally, the monitor may be fitted with cable glands through the openings.

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends the following minimum conductor /
cable sizing

1. Monitor Power, three-conductor 12 AWG [2.5 mm2 or 6530 circ. Mils].


2. Monitor Alarm, two three-conductor 14 AWG cables or one of four-conductor 14 AWG [1.5 mm2 or
4110 circ. Mils].
3. Monitor Analog, one pair 18 AWG [0.75 mm or 1620 circ. Mils] twisted and screened.

Refer to Section 4.4.1 Power Supply Options for detailed power connection details.

Refer to Section 4.4.2 Alarm Outputs for detailed system-function and sample-level alarm contact
connection details.

Refer to Section 4.4.3 Analog Output for detailed sample level connection details.

3.2.5.1 USER EXTERNAL SYSTEM-FUNCTION ALARM

To connect an external alarm that will be processed by the monitor as a system function alarm:

1. Connect to digital inputs 24 and 25. Ground (25) must be same potential as terminal 1.
2. Connect these terminals to a dry contact device / circuit capable of switching an internally
powered circuit at 12 VDC and 0.4-0.6 mA.

NOTE: When the device contacts are closed, the user system-function alarm input is clear, and when
the device contacts are open, the user system-function alarm input is active.

WARNING: If the monitor is equipped with an ATEX Zone 1 or NFPA Class 1, Division 1 safety air
purge system, hazardous area electrical codes may prohibit or restrict use of this option. Please
consult applicable electrical codes.

3.2.5.2 MONITOR TERMINAL BLOCKS

The E09 TD-4100XD terminal blocks are located inside the monitor enclosure door on the monitor
access panel. Each block has three terminals, live, neutral, and ground in the case of the power and
analog out blocks, normally open, normally closed, and common in the case of the alarm relay blocks.

3-4 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INSTALLATION

TO CONNECT A WIRE TO A TERMINAL

Press the spring lever back. While maintaining pressure on the lever, insert the wire into the bottom side
of the terminal. Release the pressure on the lever and the wire will be “latched” into the terminal. Note
that considerable pressure must be placed on the spring lever to release the wire latch. Tug the wire to
make sure it is firmly latched.

TO DISCONNECT A WIRE FROM A TERMINAL

Press the spring lever back. While pressing the lever firmly, pull the wire out of the terminal.

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends using fine stranded conductor cables
and using ferules to ensure solid connection to the monitor terminal strip.

If the E09 TD-4100XD is not to be put in service soon after terminations are finished, install instrument
preservation (desiccant bags) and secure the monitor in line with site procedures. Do not leave the
enclosure door open when not immediately working on the monitor.

3.2.6 COMPLETING THE PIPING TIE-INS


Refer to Section 2.2.2.2 Installation – Piping Connection detailing instrument air installation.

Refer to Section 2.2.3.2 Installation – Piping Connection detailing the optional cooling water installation
– piping connection.

Refer to Section 2.3.1.2 Installation – Piping Connection detailing the sample return / sample drain
installation – piping connection.

Refer to Section 2.3.2.2 Installation – Piping Connection detailing the sample supply installation – piping
connection.

NOTE: For additional reference details, refer to Chapter 11 for typical general arrangement drawings.

NOTE: When the E09 TD-4100XD installation is mechanically complete, fill out the Section 12.1
Customer Application Survey located in Chapter 12 before operating the unit. Please contact Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments if assistance is required during installation.

WARNING: If the monitor is equipped with a safety air purge system, refer to Section 4.3 Safety Air
Purge System Option. Monitors equipped with safety air purge systems must be installed by trained,
competent personnel, exactly as described in this manual. The safety systems must not be modified.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 3-5


Rev G User Manual
4 OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

This chapter describes accessories and options available to E09 TD-4100XD owners.

4.1 ACCESSORIES
This section provides detailed information and ordering numbers for kits, spares, and parts. Contact
Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments for additional parts information.

4.1.1 START-UP MATERIALS FOR THE E09 TD-4100XD


Kit, Start-Up Spares, P/N 104319 contains the following:

Quantity Description
2 CLAMP, 1”
2 CLAMP, 3/8”
16.5 HOSE, 1” DIAMETER
12 HOSE, 3/8” DIAMETER
1 FUSE, 6.3 A
1 FUSE, RADIAL LEAD 250V 2A
1 FUSE, 50mA, 250V
1 WRENCH, ALLEN DRIVER, 9/64” HEX
1 BRUSH, CLEAN-OUT, SMALL FLOW LINE, 0.25” DIAMETER
1 BRUSH, CLEAN-OUT, LARGE FLOW LINE, 0.50” DIAMETER
1 BRUSH, CLEAN-OUT, XD BUBBLE TRAP, 2.50” DIAMETER
1 SCREWDRIVER, POCKET CLIP
1 DESICCANT PLUGS, CAN
1 KIT, CALIBRATION BOTTLE
2 VALVE, CALIBRATION VALVE TD-4100-XD
1 CLEANING SWABS, COTTON (BAG of 100)
1 GOGGLES, UV PROTECTIVE
1 WASHBOTTLE, POLYETHYLENE SQUEEZE

Calibration Solution Bottle Kit, which is included in the above list contains two calibration bottles
equipped with caps. One is labeled high standard (calibration solution) and one is labeled low standard
(blank).

Additional Parts included in the accessories box packages are items that are removed from the
instrument for shipping purposes.

Part Number Quantity Description


104251 3 (normally) Manual – E09 TD-4100XD Oil in Water Monitor
Documents 1 pkg Instrument Documents and Certificates Package

In-Line Bubble-trap (Factory Installed) which removes suspended solids and dissolved gas from the
sample stream, and provides a constant sample stream flow to the falling stream flow cell.
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

Do not modify the in-line bubble trap.

Auto Valve System (Factory Installed) automatically closes the falling stream sample outlet valve if
the in-line bubble-trap inlet pressure falls below 5 psig [34 kPa(g)], and automatically opens the falling
stream sample outlet valve 60 seconds after the in-line bubble-trap inlet pressure exceeds 5 psig [34
kPa(g)]. To permit monitor calibration, the falling stream sample outlet valve may be manually opened
and closed. The Auto Valve System has an electrical output to indicate when insufficient sample
pressure is present on one or more of Relays 1-4. This contact closes on alarm and is rated to 250
VAC, 6A or 24 VDC, 6A.

4.1.2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SPARES SUPPLIED AT ADDITIONAL COST


TD-550 Oil in Water Analyzer

TD-560 Oil in Water Analyzer

4100918 Chemistry Calibration Kit

103869 Checkpoint, EZA Solid Calibration Check Standard (Blue)

103870 Checkpoint, EZA Solid Calibration Check Standard (Orange)

104311 Two-Year Clear Quartz UV Lamp Spares Kit

4100949 Two-Year Near-UV Lamp Spares Kit

101201 Two-Year Suntan Phosphor Lamp Spares Kit

101202 Two-Year Blue Mercury Lamp Spares Kit

4100956 Two-Year Pre-Filter Membrane Air Filter Spares Kit

100241 Two-Year Pneumatic Sample Supply or Sample Return Pump Spares Kit

Note that other accessories than those listed here are possible and may be required.

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends purchasing consumable spare parts
necessary for operation and routine maintenance of the instrument for two years.

4.2 SAMPLE PORT


This section provides detailed information for the sample port option.

4.2.1 INTRODUCTION
The sample port allows you to collect a water sample for analysis or comparison. If you are performing
a correlation calibration, you will need to collect samples from the sample port while noting the reading
on the display screen.

4-2 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

4.2.2 OPERATIONS
Prior to collection of any water sample, the sample port should be purged with flowing sample for at
least one (1) minute so that the collected sample is representative of the flowing sample.

When opening the sample port, be sure that it does not reduce the sample pressure below the 5 psig
[34 kPa(g)] set-point of the Auto Valve System (AVS), otherwise the water sample will stop flowing
through the flow cell. In certain situations, you may need to throttle the sample port valve so as not to
reduce the sample pressure significantly.

4.3 SAFETY AIR PURGE SYSTEM OPTION


To meet hazardous area classification requirements and / or to provide additional environmental
protection, the E09 TD-4100XD may be fitted with a safety air purge system.

The E09 TD-4100XD base configuration is suitable for indoor or outdoor use in non-hazardous areas.
The E09 TD-4100XD may optionally be configured for ATEX Zone 1 or ATEX Zone 2. See the manual
Addendum, PN 105788, for details of the certification ratings.

4.3.1 ATEX ZONE 1 CERTIFIED PURGE SYSTEM


When fitted with this particular purge system, the E09 TD-4100XD is certified for use in ATEX Zone 1
Group IIB/IIC T4 and lower classification hazardous locations. This particular purge system does not
allow the E09 TD-4100XD to be used in Zone 0 hazardous locations.

4.3.1.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

1. Minimum flow of protective gas during purge cycle: 0.35 ft3/min [10 L/min].
2. Minimum purge time: 20 minutes. Unless a fast dilution system is installed, the purge dilution
time will be set at 1 hour.
3. Minimum overpressure: 0.3 in. H2O [0.75 mbar].
4. Maximum overpressure: 3.21 in. H2O [8 mbar].
5. Design leakage rate: 90%.
6. Purge protective gas supply pressure: 60 psig [414 kPa(g), 4.1 bar(g)] minimum and 100 psig
[689 kPa(g), 6.9 bar(g)] maximum.
7. Purge protective gas supply quality: Water- and oil-free, ISA and ISO definitions of instrument-
quality air.
8. Minimum ambient temperature: -4 °F [-20 °C].
9. Maximum ambient temperature: 131 °F [55 °C].
10. Altitude: below 6562 ft [2000 m].

WARNING: Failure to follow appropriate safety procedures or inappropriate use of the equipment
described in this section can lead to personnel or equipment damage.

WARNING: No modification of the purge devices is permitted. No alteration of the purge device
settings is permitted.

NOTE: Review the enclosure protection system tags and labels, and vendor information included in
the accessory package carefully before operating the E09 TD-4100XD.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-3


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

4.3.1.2 INSTALLATION – PIPING CONNECTION

For purge air supply connection information, please refer to Section 2.2.2.2 Installation – Piping
Connection.

NOTE: Instrument quality (water- and oil-free, -400C dew point, particles ≤ 5 µm, ISA grade
hydrocarbon-free) compressed air is mandatory for this equipment.

4.3.1.3 INSTALLATION – ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

This purge controller has two versions that vary with regards to the power supply option of the controller.
The electrical connection differences are as follows:

115 VAC (85- 160VAC) J1 - Terminal 1 Line


47 to 63 Hz
J1 – Terminal 2 Neutral
J1 – Terminal 3 Ground
230 VAC (130- 265VAC) J1 - Terminal 1 Hot 1
47 to 63 Hz
J1 – Terminal 2 Hot 2
J1 – Terminal 3 Ground

Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments, as part of the factory wiring, will have completed the power
feed through to monitor enclosure from J1 Terminals 4, 5, and 6. If the purge system is equipped with an
optional fast dilution system, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments, as part of the factory wiring, will
have completed the power feed to the fast dilution solenoid from J1 Terminals 7, 8, and 9.

WARNING: The monitor has two 3 V poly-carbon monofluoride lithium cells installed inside of the
enclosure. Do not open the enclosure when flammable atmosphere is present or when monitor is
energized.

WARNING: The monitor computer contains a 3 V poly-carbon monofluoride lithium cell for the
real-time clock. This battery has a life greater than 10 years and should only be replaced with
P/N 101076, Lithium Coin Battery available from Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments, Inc.
Substitution of any other battery is not permitted and will void the ATEX Zone 1 hazardous area
certification. The NVRAM also contains a 3 V poly-carbon monofluoride lithium cell. However,
there is no need to ever replace the NVRAM battery.

WARNING: Do not open the electrical equipment enclosures in a hazardous area even when de-
energized unless area has been properly tested and is known to not contain explosive gases.

WARNING: Electrical connections should be made only by trained service personnel or certified
electrician, and should only be completed in accordance with site isolation, safe work practices,
and appropriate electrical codes.

4-4 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends using a switched neutral breaker, if
compatible with site‑specific code and facility external branch circuit protection requirements.

If desired, the customer will need to complete the alarm interconnects on J2 Terminals 1, 2 (loss of
purge pressure); 3, 4 (loss of exhaust flow); and 5, 6 (maintenance alarm) to external locations. The
alarm contacts are rated for 265 V AC/DC at 150 mA maximum. Use 20 AWG two conductor copper or
tin-plated copper power wire rated for at least 300 V at the required length. See below for a description
of the alarm interconnects.

ALARM CONNECTION(S)
ALARM TERMINAL TERMINAL NUMBER
Loss of purge switch: Open on alarm. Closed when enclosure
J2 1
pressure being monitored is at or above 0.3 in. H2O [0.75 mbar]
Return for position one J2 2
Loss of exhaust flow: Open on alarm. Closed when enclosure
J2 3
exhaust flow being monitored has fallen below safe level.
Return for position 3 J2 4
Maintenance alarm: Open on alarm. Closed when maintenance
J2 5
switch is operated.
Return for position five J2 6

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-5


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

4.3.1.4 START-UP

WARNING: Inappropriate use of the equipment described in this section can lead to personnel or
equipment damage.

WARNING: The monitor has two 3 V poly-carbon monofluoride lithium cells installed inside of the
enclosure. Do not open the enclosure when flammable atmosphere is present or when monitor is
energized.

WARNING: The monitor computer contains a 3 V poly-carbon monofluoride lithium cell for the
real-time clock. This battery has a life greater than 10 years and should only be replaced with
P/N 101076, Lithium Coin Battery available from Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments, Inc.
Substitution of any other battery is not permitted and will void the ATEX Zone 1 hazardous area
certification. The NVRAM also contains a 3 V poly-carbon monofluoride lithium cell. However, there
is no need to ever replace the NVRAM battery.

WARNING: Do not open the electrical equipment enclosures in a hazardous area even when de-
energized unless area has been properly tested and is known to not contain explosive gases.

Prior to energizing the E09 TD-4100XD:

1. Close the enclosure purge protection system pressure regulator. Turn the knob fully
counterclockwise.
2. Ensure that the protected enclosure is de-energized.
3. Check enclosure air discharge vent for any obstruction or foreign material.
4. Check enclosure door seal for debris or foreign matter.
5. Close and secure enclosure door.
6. Ensure that enclosure purge pressure indicator light is on as indicated by a red/orange color.
7. Slowly open the enclosure purge protection pressure regulator until a safe pressure is
achieved as indicated by the enclosure purge pressure indicator flashing green. Do not adjust
the pressure above 5 psig [34 kPa(g)].
8. Once the air pressure inside of the protected enclosure is maintained at a safe pressure as
indicated by a continuously flashing green and proper exhaust flow is registered, the automatic
purge dilution time delay will start.
9. Once the automatic purge dilution time delay (1 hour normal setting) has elapsed, as indicated
on the enclosure purge pressure indicator showing a continuous green light, the protected
enclosure will be energized automatically.
10. Any loss of purge air pressure or adequate exhaust flow, as indicated by the enclosure purge
pressure indicator light, will result in the protected enclosure being de-energized automatically.
11. Under no circumstances shall the protected enclosure be energized continuously by placing
purge system controller maintenance key switch in the maintenance position.

WARNING: The purge system controller maintenance key switch should always be kept in the
normal operation position. Moving the purge system controller maintenance key switch to the
maintenance position disables safe operation of the system. The maintenance position is to be
used ONLY when required for maintenance or service AND ONLY if area is known to be non-
hazardous.

4-6 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

Figure 4.3.1.4.1 Front view of typical monitor

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-7


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

4.3.1.5 OPERATIONS

Figure 4.3.1.5.1

As part of routine unit tours, confirm:

1. The monitor enclosure door is clean,


secure, and sealed and the other
enclosure openings are clean and
secure (including the enclosure vent
and purge pressure monitor vent).
2. The purge system pressure gauge
shows 5 psig [34 kPa(g)] or less.
3. The enclosure purge pressure indicator
is illuminated green continuously.
(If not, adjust the enclosure purge
protection pressure regulator.)

Enclosure purge pressure indicator light.


Note that cover of the purge system control-
ler is not shown.

WARNING: The monitor has two 3 V poly-carbon monofluoride lithium cells installed inside of
the enclosure. Do not open the e nclosure when flammable atmosphere is present or when
monitor is energized.

WARNING: The monitor computer contains a 3 V poly-carbon monofluoride lithium cell for the
real-time clock. This battery has a life greater than 10 years and should only be replaced with
P/N 101076, Lithium Coin Battery available from Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments, Inc.
Substitution of any other battery is not permitted and will void the ATEX Zone 1 hazardous area
certification. The NVRAM also contains a 3 V poly-carbon monofluoride lithium cell. However,
there is no need to ever replace the NVRAM battery.

4.3.1.6 MAINTENANCE

As long as air is instrument quality, no maintenance is anticipated. If the air is not instrument quality,
Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments requires specifying a permanent membrane dryer and pre-
filter kit.

In certain circumstances where qualified personnel have obtained appropriate permits, tested the
hazardous area location, and verified that the hazardous area location does not contain explosive
gases, the enclosure purge system controller function may be bypassed by setting the purge system
controller maintenance switch to the maintenance position.

WARNING: The purge system controller maintenance key switch should always be kept in the
normal operation position. Moving the purge system controller maintenance key switch to the
maintenance position disables safe operation of the system. The maintenance position is to be
used ONLY when required for maintenance or service AND ONLY if area is known to be non-
hazardous.

WARNING: Qualified personnel must obtain applicable permits and appropriate precautions must
be taken to prevent possible injury to personnel or equipment damage when using the purge
system controller maintenance switch.

4-8 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

WARNING: Do not open the electrical equipment enclosures in a hazardous area even when de-
energized unless area has been properly tested and is known to not contain explosive gases.

NOTE: If required the enclosure purge controller maintenance switch can be set to the
maintenance position to provide power to the E09 TD-4100XD while the enclosure door is open.
When the maintenance switch is in the maintenance position, the safety power shut off function is
disabled! Do not place the maintenance switch in the maintenance position unless it is absolutely
necessary, proper permits have been obtained by qualified personnel, and the area is known to be
non-hazardous. As soon as maintenance or service is complete, the maintenance switch MUST be
placed in the normal operation position.

1. If maintenance or service must be performed with the power applied to the E09 TD-4100XD,
first make sure that the area surrounding the E09 TD-4100XD is known to be non-hazardous.
2. After it has been established that the surrounding area is non-hazardous, unscrew the cover
over the purge system controller maintenance key switch. Insert the key and turn switch to the
maintenance position. Key can only be removed from the maintenance switch in the normal
position and the cover cannot be screwed back on until key is removed from the switch. The
maintenance switch key must remain in the switch while maintenance or service is being
performed. When the enclosure purge system controller is in the maintenance mode, the
indicator light will begin blinking red and, if connected, a remote alarm will be sent.
3. While the switch is in the maintenance mode, turn off compressed air supply at an external
shut off valve, not at the regulators. With the protective gas supply off, open the E09 TD-
4100XD enclosure door.
4. Perform service within the E09 TD-4100XD, if required.
5. After service has been performed and enclosure door is still open, turn on compressed air
supply at external shut off valve.
6. Close and secure E09 TD-4100XD enclosure door.
7. Return purge system controller maintenance key to the normal operation position. If the
enclosure purge system controller conditions are met, the primary enclosure purge pressure
indicator light will change from blinking red to continuous green and power will remain applied
to the E09 TD-4100XD.
8. Remove the purge system controller maintenance switch key and replace cover over switch.

NOTE: If power does not remain on when the purge system controller maintenance key switch is
returned to the normal operations position, check for the following possible problems:
• Purge pressure is set too low at the pressure regulator.
• E09 TD-4100XD enclosure door is open or allowing too much leakage.
• Flow from exhaust port has become restricted or blocked.

There are no field serviceable components within the enclosure purge system controller.

WARNING: No modification of the purge devices is permitted. No alteration of the purge device
settings or system is permitted.

WARNING: The monitor computer contains a 3 V poly-carbon monofluoride lithium cell for the
real-time clock. This battery has a life greater than 10 years and should only be replaced with
P/N 101076,Lithium Coin Battery available from Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments, Inc.
Substitution of any other battery is not permitted and will void the ATEX Zone 1 hazardous area
certification. The NVRAM also contains a 3 V poly-carbon monofluoride lithium cell. However, there
is no need to ever replace the NVRAM battery.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-9


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

4.3.1.7 TROUBLESHOOTING

If the safe purge pressure cannot be achieved when the purge feed pressure is 5 psig [34 kPa(g)], then
the E09 TD-4100XD enclosure is not sufficiently sealed. Make sure all cable or conduit connections to
the enclosure are sufficiently sealed.

The purge controller alarms are reported to the terminal connections as follows:

1. Protected enclosure pressure below 0.1 in. H2O [0.025 kPa(g)] will open the alarm contact
between J2 Terminals 1 and 2.
2. Protected enclosure exhaust flow stopped will open the alarm contact between J2 Terminals 3
and 4.
3. Purge controller in maintenance mode will open the alarm contact between J2 Terminals 5 and
6.
To troubleshoot, follow instructions provided in the vendor information included in the accessory
package.

WARNING: No modification of the purge devices is permitted. No alteration of the purge device
settings is permitted.

4.3.1.8 SPARES

None anticipated nor provided. There are no field serviceable components within the enclosure purge
system controller.

4.3.2 ATEX ZONE 2 AND CLASS 1 DIVISION 2 CERTIFIED PURGE SYSTEM


When fitted with this particular purge system, the E09 TD-4100XD is certified for use in ATEX Zone 2
Group IIB & IIC T4 hazardous locations. This particular purge system does not allow the monitor to be
located in a Zone 0, Zone 1, or Class 1, Division 1 hazardous locations. The purge system is powered
by 12 VDC provided internally from the instrument’s power supply.

NOTE: Monitors equipped with an ATEX Zone 2 purge system have an electrical rating of 90–240 VAC
50/60 Hz 2 A 184 W, which differs from electrical ratings stated elsewhere in this manual.

4.3.2.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

1. Minimum flow of protective gas during purge cycle: 0.35 ft3/min [10 L/min]
2. Minimum purge time: 20 minutes
3. Minimum overpressure: 0.3 in. H2O [0.75 mbar]
4. Maximum overpressure: 3.21 in. H2O [8 mbar]
5. Design overpressure: 0.3 in. H2O [0.75 mbar]
6. Design leakage rate: up to 90%
7. Purge protective gas supply pressure: 60 psig [414kPa (g), 4.1 bars] minimum and 100 psig
[690 kPa (g), 6.9 bars] maximum.
8. Purge protective gas supply quality: Water- and oil-free, ISA and ISO definitions of instrument-
quality air.
9. Operating temperature range: -4 °F to 131 °F [-20 °C to 55 °C].
10. Altitude: below 6562 ft [2000 m].

4-10 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

WARNING: The E09 TD-4100XD enclosure should not be opened unless power is removed or the
area has been properly tested and is known to be non-hazardous. After the enclosure has been
opened, if the area or enclosure has been properly tested and found to be hazardous, power to the E09
TD-4100XD should not be restored until the enclosure has been pre-purged for at least 60 minutes,
during which time the equivalent to five (5) times the volume of free space in the enclosure has been
exchanged.

NOTE: Review the enclosure protection system tags and labels, and vendor information included in the
accessory package carefully before operating the E09 TD-4100XD.

WARNING: No modification of the purge device is permitted.

CAUTION: The monitor has two 3 V poly-carbon monofluoride lithium cells installed inside of the
enclosure. Do not open the enclosure when flammable atmosphere is present.

4.3.2.2 INSTALLATION – PIPING CONNECTION

For purge air supply connection information, please refer to Section 2.2.2.2 Installation – Piping
Connection. There are no internal connections to establish within the instrument enclosure.

4.3.2.3 INSTALLATION – ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION

For power and control connection information, please refer to Section 4.4 Monitor Power and Control.
There are no internal connections to establish other than the instrument power.

4.3.2.4 INSTALLATION – SAFETY AIR PURGE ALARM CONNECTION

A safety air purge pressure status alarm is available on Relay 6 (terminals 19 normally closed, 20
normally open, and 21 common). This purge pressure status alarm will accept 6 A @ 250VAC or 6 A @
30VDC. The alarm is a dry contact type.

The contacts open upon alarm and are closed when the internal pressure is 0.3 in. H2O [0.75 mbar]
nominal or greater. The contact status cannot be changed within the instrument.

4.3.2.5 START-UP

Prior to energizing the E09 TD-4100XD:

1. Close the enclosure purge system pressure regulator. To close, turn the knob fully
counterclockwise.
2. Ensure the area and enclosure has been properly tested and is known to be nonhazardous.
3. Ensure the monitor enclosure door is clean, secure, and sealed and the other enclosure
openings are clean and secure (including the enclosure vent and visual purge pressure
indicator vent).
4. Ensure the facility air supply is open to the monitor.
The E09 TD-4100XD enclosure purge may be started after applying power to the monitor and
switching on the main power switch.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-11


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 4.3.2.5.1

Purge System Pressure Gauge

Purge System Pressure Regulator

5. Slowly open the enclosure purge protection pressure regulator until a safe pressure is
achieved as indicated by the visual purge pressure indicator illumination. Once set, lock the
regulator by depressing the knob. Do not adjust the pressure above 5 psig [34 kPa(g)].

4.3.2.6 OPERATIONS

Figure 4.3.2.6.1

As part of routine unit tours, confirm:

1. The enclosure door is clean, secure, and


sealed and the other enclosure openings are
clean and secure (including the enclosure
vent and primary visual purge pressure
indicator vent).
2. The purge system pressure gauge shows 5
psig [34 kPa(g)] or less.
3. The visual purge pressure indicator is
illuminated. (If not, adjust the enclosure
purge protection pressure regulator.)

Enclosure visual purge pressure indicator light.

4.3.2.7 MAINTENANCE

As long as air is instrument quality, no maintenance is anticipated. If the air is not instrument quality,
Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments requires specifying a permanent membrane dryer and pre-
filter kit. There are no serviceable parts within the safety air purge unit.

4.3.2.8 TROUBLESHOOTING

If the safe purge pressure cannot be achieved when the purge feed pressure is 5 psig [34 kPa(g)], then
the E09 TD-4100XD enclosure is not sufficiently sealed. Make sure all cable or conduit connections to
the enclosure are sufficiently sealed.

4-12 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

The following purge controller alarm

4. Protected enclosure pressure below 0.3 in. H2O [0.75 mbar]

is passed to the E09 TD-4100XD which reports to relay 6: terminals 19 (normally closed), 20 (normally
open), and 21 (common). To troubleshoot, follow instructions provided in the vendor information
included in the accessory package.

4.3.2.9 SPARES

None anticipated nor provided. There are no serviceable parts within the safety air purge unit. If the
safety air purge indicator no longer activates at the specified set point, then the indicator must be
replaced. The air pressure regulators and air pressure gauges can be field-replaced by identical
replacements provided by Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments, which is necessary to maintain the
certification. Power is directed from the instrument’s power supply to the safety air purge unit through a
fuse. Please contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments for parts information.

4.4 MONITOR POWER AND CONTROL


If the E09 TD-4100XD is equipped with a Zone 1 safety air purge system, please see Section 4.3.1
ATEX Zone 1 Certified Purge System for power connection information. If the E09 TD-4100XD is
equipped with a Zone 2 or Class 1, Division 2 safety air purge system, please see Section 4.3.2 ATEX
Zone 2 and Class 1 Division 2 Certified Purge System for power connection information.

4.4.1 POWER SUPPLY OPTIONS


The E09 TD-4100XD may optionally be powered from one of two power sources:

1. 85–265 VAC 50 / 60 Hz, 1.6 A max 1 phase, 184 W max, neutral or hot 1 (inrush current not to
exceed 40 A max) (standard configuration).
2. 24 VDC, 6 A max, 115 W max (inrush current not to exceed 18 A max) (optional configuration).
If the E09 TD-4100XD is equipped with an optional enclosure heater, the heater is voltage-specific and
not available in a DC voltage version.

CAUTION: The E09 TD-4100XD must not be subject to transient over voltages according to
INSTALLATION CATAGORY II Pollution Degree 2 in accordance with IEC664. If transients are
suspected to occur, power conditioning will be necessary to prevent damage to the monitor due to
transients.

CAUTION: Fusing protect the E09 TD-4100XD. However, external branch circuit protection must
be provided in line with site-specific code and facility requirements. The E09 TD-4100XD instrument
supply wire rating should be at least 16 A, 300 V, 60 °C.

WARNING: The E09 TD-4100XD enclosure should not be opened unless power is removed or the
area has been properly tested and is known to be non-hazardous.

NOTE: Read all the enclosure tags and labels carefully before applying power to the E09 TD-
4100XD.

WARNING: Electrical connections should be made only by trained service personnel or certified
electrician, and should only be completed in accordance with site isolation, safe work practices,
and appropriate electrical codes.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-13


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

4.4.1.1 85–265 VAC 50 / 60 HZ SUPPLY

This section provides detailed information and specifications for the AC power supply option.

4.4.1.1.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

• Electrical supply feed through: suitable for 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] NPT conduit or cable fitting.
• Maximum current during inrush is 40 A.
• Maximum power consumption with the monitor enclosure heater: 400 W.
• Maximum power consumption without an enclosure heater: 220 W.
• Design power consumption without a monitor enclosure heater: 170 – 220 W dependent upon
options fitted.

NOTE: The heater option, Zone 1 safety air purge system, and ATEX Zone 1 or Class 1 Division 1
safety air purge systems are voltage-specific in either a 100 – 160 VAC model or a 130 - 240 VAC
model.

4.4.1.1.2 INSTALLATION – ELECTRIC AL CONNECTION

For user 85–265 VAC 50 / 60Hz ± 10%, 1Φ supply, connect to the power terminal block on the monitor
access panel.

NOTE: If the E09 TD-4100XD is equipped with a Zone 1 safety air purge system, see Section 4.3.1
ATEX Zone 1 Certified Purge System. If the E09 TD-4100XD is equipped with a Zone 2 or Class 1
Division 2 safety air purge system, see Section 4.3.2 ATEX Zone 2 and Class 1 Division 2 Certified
Purge System for electrical connection details.

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends using a switched neutral breaker, if
compatible with site-specific code and facility external branch circuit protection requirements.

Power terminal blocks

4.4.1.2 24 VDC POWER SUPPLY

This section provides detailed information and specifications for the DC power supply option

4.4.1.2.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

• Electrical supply feed through: suitable for 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] NPT conduit or cable fitting.
• Maximum current during inrush is 18 A. Power source must be capable of supplying inrush current.
• Design power consumption: 35 W during normal operation.

4-14 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

NOTE: The user power supply circuit must be able to handle the in-rush current.

NOTE: A monitor enclosure heater is unavailable if the 24 VDC power supply is specified.

4.4.1.2.2 INSTALLATION – ELECTRIC AL CONNECTION

For user 24 VDC ± 10% supply, connect 19-36 VDC to the power terminal on the monitor access panel..

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends fusing the 19-36 VDC supply, if
compatible with site-specific code and facility external branch circuit protection requirements.

Power terminal blocks

4.4.1.3 START-UP

If the monitor is equipped with a safety air purge system, see Section 4.4 Monitor Power and Control for
start up information.

Figure 4.4.1.3.1

Secure the enclosure door.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-15


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 4.4.1.3.2

Ensure the area is not hazardous. Start up the safety


air purge system, if equipped. Remove user monitor
power isolation(s) (if any), then apply power to the
E09 TD-4100XD enclosure by turning on the main
power switch.

4.4.1.4 TROUBLESHOOTING

WARNING: The E09 TD-4100XD enclosure should not be opened unless power is removed or the
area has been properly tested and is known to be non-hazardous.

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION


Power applied but monitor does Main power switch off Turn on the main power switch.
not power up.
(AC Power Supply) Insufficient Provide a power supply capable of
power supply initial current capac- supplying 1200 W maximum.
ity.
(DC Power Supply Option) Insuf- Provide a 19-36 VDC power sup-
ficient DC power supply initial ply capable of supplying inrush
current capacity. current of 18 A.
External branch circuit protection Reset / reinstate external branch
tripped or isolated circuit protection.
(DC Power Supply Option) Polarity Confirm 19-36 VDC power lead
incorrect for 19-36 VDC power and 0 VDC power lead connected
supply option. to power terminal on access panel.

NOTE: Check all possible problems and causes before checking monitor power supply fuse(s).
Note that there are two power supplies within the monitor.

4.4.1.5 SPARES

Spare power supply fuses are available separately. Use P/N 102652, Fuse 6.3 A, quick acting.

Fuse ratings are labeled on the monitor access panel.

4-16 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

4.4.2 ALARM OUTPUTS


The E09 TD-4100XD provides multiple SPDT alarm outputs. Relays 1-4 are user-assignable for system-
function alarms and sample-level alarms.

Default assignments for the relays include

• System-level and Zero Sample alarms on Relay 1


• Cell Cleaning and Cell Condition alarms on Relay 2
• HiHi Sample alarm on Relay 3
• Hi Sample on Relay 4
If the monitor is equipped with an ATEX Zone 2 and Class 1 Division 2 safety air purge system, the
Purge Pressure Alarm (Relay 6) indicates if sufficient pressure is present due to the safety air purge
system. An active system-function alarm indicates a component critical to the operation and safety of
the monitor may have malfunctioned.

System-function alarms are raised in response to:

1. UV source lamp failure.


2. Chopper motor speed out of range.
3. High or low photomultiplier tube sensitivity voltage.
4. Enclosure temperature greater than 49°C
5. Lamp housing temperature greater than 60° C
6. Hall effect sensor
7. System memory
8. Real-time clock
9. Purge air indicator
Sample-level alarms report at a user-defined level.

For more on alarms and relays, see Section 5.7 Configuring Alarms and Relays.

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments will, upon request, investigate special alarm
output requirements.

WARNING: If the monitor is equipped with an Zone 1 or Class 1, Division 1 safety air purge
system, the alarm connections must comply with appropriate electrical code for hazardous areas.
The monitor does not isolate externally provided power to the alarm relays in the event of loss of
purge pressure.

WARNING: Electrical connections should be made only by trained service personnel or certified
electrician, and should only be completed in accordance with site isolation, safe work practices,
and appropriate electrical codes.

4.4.2.1 USER-CONFIGURABLE RELAY OUTPUTS (1-4)

Relays 1-4 are all dry contact relays rated to 250 VAC at 6 A and 30 VDC at 6 A. The outputs are
all normally closed, and open upon alarm. Both normally open and normally closed connections are
available. The outputs are fused at 6.3 A.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-17


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

4.4.2.2 PURGE PRESSURE ALARM RELAY(S) (OPTION)

If the monitor is equipped with a Zone 2 or Class 1, Division 2 safety air purge system, please see
Section 4.3.2 ATEX Zone 2 and Class 1 Division 2 Certified Purge System. If the monitor is equipped
with a Zone 1 or Class 1, Division 1 safety air purge system, please see Section 4.3.1 ATEX Zone 1
Certified Purge System.

4.4.2.3 INSTALLATION – ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

The system-function alarm is normally connected to an alarm monitor to provide an alarm. Make
system-function alarm connections on any of relays 1-4.

As with the system-function alarm, if the sample-level alarm is to be connected to an alarm monitor, it is
configured to provide an alarm. Make sample-level alarm connections on any of relays 1-4.

See the safety air purge option section for terminal connections of the purge pressure alarm relay.

4.4.2.4 START-UP

NOTE: Read all the enclosure tags and labels carefully before applying power to the E09 TD-
4100XD.

After setting the alarm limits as per Section 5.7 Configuring Alarms and Relays, Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends testing the operation of the alarm as per Section 5.8 Testing
Relays.

4.4.2.5 TROUBLESHOOTING

WARNING: The E09 TD-4100XD enclosure should not be opened unless power is removed or the
area has been properly tested and is known to be non-hazardous.

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION


Alarm does not trigger relay Alarm configuration not as per Review and revise alarm settings
user understanding and terminations as necessary.
Relays are replaceable.
Relay malfunction Replace relay.
External circuit Confirm power available to inter-
rogate contacts, external circuit
integrity, and external end device
integrity.
Relay fuse blown. Once the external circuit integrity
is verified, replace alarm relay fuse
on the monitor access panel. See
Section 9.6.5 Alarm Relay Fuse
Replacement.
Contact rating exceeded. Replace the component causing
the overload and replace the relay
fuse. See Section 9.6.5 Alarm Re-
lay Fuse Replacement and Section
9.6.6 Alarm Relay Replacement.

4-18 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

4.4.2.6 SPARES

Replacement fuses are available as spares. See Section 9.6.5 Alarm Relay Fuse Replacement for
replacement. Relays are fused at 6.3 A. Please contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments for
replacement fuse information.

4.4.3 ANALOG OUTPUT


The E09 TD-4100XD may be fitted with one of two analog output configurations:

1. 4-20 mA (standard).
2. HARTTM (optional).

4.4.3.1 4–20 MA ANALOG OUTPUT (STANDARD)

The E09 TD-4100XD is fitted with a 4-20 mA analog output as the standard configuration.

4.4.3.1.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

The mA sample level analog output for both the 4-20 mA and HARTTM configurations is system powered
(24 V nominal) by default in Zone 1 and Class 1, Division 1 applications.

It can be externally powered (looped) in applications other than Zone 1 and is able to accommodate a
maximum total loop resistance of 950 Ω.

4.4.3.1.2 INSTALLATION – ELECTRIC AL CONNECTION

The sample level 4-20 mA analog output is located on the lower right side of the monitor access panel.

NOTE: The screen is normally floated at the monitor and grounded [earthed] at the analog monitor
to avoid potential ground loops and to minimize potential signal interference. When connecting 4-20
. mA signal wires, only ground one end of shielding lead.

If you want the analog output to be


powered by the monitor, set the adjacent
switch to the “SYSTEM” position. If you
want the analog output to be remotely
powered, set the adjacent switch to the
“LOOP” position. Note that if the monitor
is equipped with a Zone 1 or Class 1,
Division 1 safety air purge system, then
only system power is available.

Power setting switch

4.4.3.2 HART TM ANALOG OUTPUT (OPTION)

The HARTTM analog output is an option.

4.4.3.2.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

The HARTTM sample level analog output is powered by the user’s analog monitor loop except in Zone
1 configuation. The Zone 1 configuration is system powered. Using looped power in this configuration
voids the product warranty.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-19


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

For ATEX approved systems, the supply must be between 18-30 VDC. For ATEX applications, the
analog monitor loop supply must not exceed 100 mA and 0.9 W. The minimum loop resistance is 250
ohms and the maximum loop resistance is 750 ohm

For non-ATEX approved systems, the supply must be 12-30 VDC.

Using any HARTTM compatible monitoring system, the HARTTM option permits the user to read the
pre-programmed instrument tag number and process loop identifiers as well as the instrument analog
output. The HARTTM module has internal programming which must not be altered since alteration will
affect the function. Do not alter the internal programming other than the tag number.

NOTE: The HARTTM instrument tag number is programmed by Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments during the instrument manufacture.

The HARTTM option does not support bi-directional communication, remote configuration, nor does it
permit viewing or interacting with the local LCD keyboard for a remote location.

4.4.3.2.2 INSTALLATION – ELECTRIC AL CONNECTION

The sample level HART™ analog output is powered by the E09 TD-4100XD and is located on the
monitor access panel. Replacement fuses are available as spares. The replacement fuse is P/N
103562, 50 mA Fast Acting Fuse.

NOTE: The screen is normally floated at the monitor and grounded [earthed] at the analog monitor
to avoid potential ground loops and to minimize potential signal interference. When connecting 4-20
mA signal wires, only ground one end of shielding lead.

The instrument tag number of the HART™ output is pre-programmed during instrument manufacture.
The instrument tag number can be changed with a standard IBM-compatible computer with MePRO
software (version 2.0 or later) and a HART™-compatible modem or HART™ Handheld Communicator
programmed with INOR Meso Device Description. See vendor literature for more details. Do not alter
the internal programming other than the tag number.

If you want the analog output to be


powered by the monitor, set the adjacent
switch to the “SYSTEM” position. If you
want the analog output to be remotely
powered, set the adjacent switch to the
“LOOP” position. Note that if the monitor
is equipped with a Zone 1 or Class 1,
Division 1 safety air purge system, then
only system power is available.

Power setting switch

4.4.3.3 START-UP

NOTE: Read all the enclosure tags and labels carefully before applying power to the E09 TD-
4100XD.

The 4-20 mA output is already preset to 0 – 100 ppm. Changing the analog output range requires
changing the setting in the Setup 1 menu of the E09 TD-4100XD monitor, as described in Section 5.9
Scaling and Testing Analog Output Level.

4-20 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

4.4.3.4 TROUBLESHOOTING

WARNING: The E09 TD-4100XD enclosure should not be opened unless power is removed or the
area has been properly tested and is known to be non-hazardous.

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION


Reading does not respond to (HART option) HART analog
TM TM
Review analog monitor
changing sample concentration. monitor not providing power. configuration to ensure proper
powering. Zone 1 configuration is
system powered by default.
(Standard 4-20 mA output) 4-20 Review analog monitor
mA analog signal loop receiver not configuration to ensure loop
providing power receiver is powering the loop.
Analog output configuration error Review and adjust the analog
output scaling and high limit as per
Section 5.9 Scaling and Testing
Analog Output Level.

Tag number of HARTTM option Incorrect or no tag number pro- Re-configure tag number with
does not match. vided to Turner Designs Hydrocar- INOR software or HARTTM
bon Instruments during instrument Handheld Communicator. See
manufacture. vendor information.
Reading clipping at high oil in Analog output range does not align Review and adjust the analog
water concentrations with analog monitor range output high limit as per Section 5.9
Scaling and Testing Analog Output
Level
Reading on monitor LCD does not Analog output range does not align Review and adjust the analog
correspond to reading on analog with analog monitor range output high limit as per Section 5.9
monitor. Scaling and Testing Analog Output
Level.
Analog Output scaling not com- Review and adjust the analog
pleted output scaling as per Section 5.9
Scaling and Testing Analog Output
Level.
Optional HARTTM Option does not External power not provided. Ensure external power is
appear to be working properly. provided to loop. (Non-Zone 1
configuration.)
Loop resistance is not within al- Check loop resistance.
lowed range.
Internal programming has been Contact Turner Designs
altered. Hydrocarbon Instruments.

4.4.3.5 SPARES

Spare power supply fuses are available separately. Use P/N 102652: Fuse 6.3 A, quick acting.

Fuse ratings are labeled on the monitor access panel.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-21


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

4.5 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OPTIONS


The operating temperature limits of the E09 TD-4100XD are dictated by the operational limits of the
photomultiplier tube, the LCD display, and avoidance of condensation and corrosion.

The monitor site ambient temperature design limits are 0°C to 49°C.

• A monitor enclosure vortex cooler is specified for extending the high-temperature operational limit to
158 °F [70 °C].
• A monitor enclosure heater is specified for extending the low-temperature operational limit to -4 °F
[-20 °C].

4.5.1 MONITOR ENCLOSURE HEATER


The enclosure heater is designed to protect the E09 TD-4100XD from the harmful effects of
condensation, corrosion, and low temperatures. The enclosure heater is thermostatically-controlled unit
which discharges the heat into the enclosure.

4.5.1.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

The enclosure heater is only available for AC powered monitors. The enclosure heater is voltage
specific and available in a 115±10% VAC model and a 230±10% VAC model. Both models accept the
power at 50 / 60 Hz from the monitor’s single power input connections. A DC voltage heater model is
not available. The heater includes a built-in thermostat set to 40 – 55 °F [4 – 13 °C]. The thermostat
setting cannot be altered. The maximum heat output is 150 W.

NOTE: Review the enclosure heater tags and labels, and vendor information included in the
accessory package carefully before operating the E09 TD-4100XD.

4.5.1.2 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

There are no electrical connections to make, other than provide power to the monitor as mentioned
elsewhere.

4.5.1.3 START-UP

The heater is always powered when power is provided to the monitor. The heater is operated
independently of the monitor’s power switch. No adjustment of the heater is necessary.

CAUTION: Portions of the heater can get hot. Avoid direct contact with the heater when operating.
If contact is necessary, use site-specific personnel protection equipment to protect people from
potential burns.

NOTE: The enclosure heater operates independently of the monitor but will continue to operate
whenever the monitor is powered on.

4-22 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

4.5.1.4 OPERATIONS

During routine unit tours, if any condensation is observed on the LCD display or the LCD display is
blanking out in cold weather; confirm the enclosure heater is operating. The minimum design enclosure
temperature is 0 °C.

4.5.1.5 MAINTENANCE

No routine maintenance is anticipated. The heater is protected by fuses, which are located near the
top of the monitor access panel. If the heater appears not to be working, check the fuses with an ohm
meter, and replace them if necessary.

4.5.1.6 TROUBLESHOOTING

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION


Condensation occurring in the The heater is not working. Make sure power is provided to
monitor enclosure and or LCD dis- the monitor.
play blanking out in cold weather.
Test the appropriate fuse, which
is located on the monitor access
panel.
The built-in thermostat is not work-
ing. Replace heater.

4.5.1.7 SPARES

No spares are included or anticipated.

4.5.2 MONITOR ENCLOSURE VORTEX COOLER


The enclosure vortex cooler is designed to ensure stable performance of E09 TD-4100XD at high
ambient temperatures. The vortex cooler is powered by compressed air and generates a vortex from
which hot and cold air streams are separated. The hot air stream is exhausted from the enclosure, and
the cold air stream is routed onto the E09 TD-4100XD enclosure.

4.5.2.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

The unit is designed for continuous operation.

1. Design cooling capacity: 120 Watts


2. Design enclosure temperature: 70 °F [39 °C] below ambient
3. Design air supply pressure: 60 to 100 psig [413 to 689 kPa(g)]
4. Design air supply temperature: 70 °F [21 °C]
5. Design air consumption: 480 ft3/hr [13.6 m3/hr]
6. Maximum working pressure of vortex cooler: 150 psi [1034 kPa(g)]
7. Maximum noise level: 83 dB
8. Maximum compressed air temperature: 110 °F [43 °C]

4.5.2.2 INSTALLATION – COMPRESSED AIR CONNECTION

The compressed air for the monitor enclosure vortex cooler is directed from the monitor’s single
instrument-quality compressed air inlet connection. The enclosure vortex cooler is plumbed to the
monitor’s instrument-quality air system. See Section 2.2.2 Instrument Air for details.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-23


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

4.5.2.3 START-UP

Figure 4.5.2.3.1

Adjust the vortex cooler supply regulator to display 50 psig


[344 kPa(g)].

Vortex cooler supply gauge

Vortex cooler supply regulator

4.5.2.4 OPERATIONS

If the vortex cooler supply air temperature exceeds 21 °C (70 °F) or if the ambient temperature exceeds
49 °C (120 °F), it may be necessary to increase the vortex cooler supply regulator pressure to maintain
the cabinet internal temperature below the vortex cooler enclosure design temperature of 39 °C (70 °F).
The compressed air supply temperature should never exceed 43 °C (110 °F).

If a perceptible increase in signal to noise ratio is observed during routine unit tours in hot weather, it
may be due to a high enclosure temperature. Confirm that the enclosure cooler is operating.

4.5.2.5 MAINTENANCE

Vortex coolers provide exceptional reliability and no maintenance is anticipated.

4.5.2.6 TROUBLESHOOTING

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION


Water and/or oil accumulating Air is not instrument-quality. Provide instrument-quality
inside of electronics enclosure. compressed air using additional
dryers and filters. Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments can
provide a permanent membrane
air dryer and pre-filter system.

4-24 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION


Analog monitor trend shows an High ambient temperature causing Increase air supply pressure to
increase in signal to noise ratio. the PMT temperature to exceed vortex cooler.
above 49 °C (120 °F)
High vortex cooler air supply Increase air supply pressure to
temperature reducing efficiency of vortex cooler.
the vortex cooler causing the PMT
temperature to exceed above 49
°C (120 °F)
Direct sunlight impinging on the Short term: increase air supply
electronics enclosure causing a pressure to vortex cooler.
heat build-up in the electronics
enclosure causing the PMT Long term: install a sunshade to
temperature to exceed above 49 reduce the solar radiation load on
°C (120 °F) the electronics enclosure.

4.5.2.7 SPARES

None anticipated nor provided.

4.6 SAMPLE COOLER OPTION


The E09 TD-4100XD base configuration does not include a sample cooler but requires a sample supply
temperature below 190 °F [88 °C] and a sample supply temperature fluctuation less than ± 10 °F [± 5.5
°C] outside start-up and shut down operations.

If the anticipated sample supply temperature is above 190 °F [88 °C] or the anticipated sample supply
temperature fluctuation is greater then ± 10 °F [± 5.5 °C] outside start-up and shut down operations, the
E09 TD-4100XD must optionally be fitted with a sample cooler.

NOTE: To provide maximum system performance, a lower sample temperature is preferred.

4.6.1 DESIGN INFORMATION


All sample coolers are sized to meet application requirements. To permit Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments to complete the sample cooler sizing, we require the following information.

1. Cooling water supply temperature and pressure.


2. Cooling water availability.
3. Cooling water return temperature and pressure limits, if any.
4. Sample supply temperature, pressure, and condition (liquid volume fraction).
5. Sample fouling propensity (clean, average, dirty).

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments will submit, upon completion of preliminary
sample cooler sizing, design details to the user for their review prior to arranging fabrication.

Sample coolers are provided with stainless steel shells and tubes but, as required, are available in
other alloys consistent with the specified wetted material code. Contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments for additional materials details.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-25


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

Typical cooler operational limits are:

1. Shell side pressure ratings to 1200 psig [8274 kPa(g)].


2. Tube side pressure rating to 10,000 psig [68,948 kPa(g)].
3. Temperature rating to 1500 °F [815 °C].
An example sample cooler is shown below. Note that the cooling water inlet and outlet must be
connected by the end-user.

Figure 4.6.1.1

Sample Cooler (example)

Cooling Water Inlet And Outlet

Sample Inlet

4.6.2 INSTALLATION – PIPING CONNECTION


The sample cooler is integrated into the monitor structural frame and the sample piping connection
details are as per Section 2.3.2 Monitor Sample Supply.

The sample cooler cooling water inlet and outlet piping connection size is defined during the sample
cooler sizing process but are typically 0.25 in. [6.35 mm] or 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] FNPT.

4.6.3 START-UP
Prior to introducing sample to the monitor, open the cooling water supply and return lines. Confirm
cooling water is flowing through the cooler. Once flow is established, sample may be introduced into the
monitor as required.

4.6.4 OPERATIONS
As part of routine unit tours confirm that whenever sample flow is directed to the monitor, the cooling
water supply and return are open. Confirm water flow to the cooler. If the cooling water flow will be
shut off, stop the sample flow prior to shutting off the cooling water. Start the cooling water flow prior to
starting the sample flow.

4-26 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

4.6.5 MAINTENANCE
If cooling water fouling is common, it may be necessary to backwash the shell side on a routine basis.

If there are low sample flow rates with heavy sediment loads or where bacterial growth is expected and
not treated, it may be necessary to backwash the tube side on a routine basis.

See vendor manual for specific maintenance instructions.

4.6.6 TROUBLESHOOTING

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION


Sample temperature above 190 °F Cooling water supply or return Open cooling water supply and/or
[88 °C]. isolated. return isolation valves.
Insufficient cooling water flow. Increase cooling water flow.
Tube side fouling. Backwash and, if necessary,
inspect and clean exchanger tube
side
Shell side fouling. Backwash and, if necessary,
inspect and clean exchanger shell
side.

4.6.7 SPARES
Please contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments for parts information.

DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
Head Gasket, Sample Cooler 1

4.7 WETTED MATERIALS


The standard E09 TD-4100XD configuration is fitted with 316 stainless steel wetted metal parts. Other
wetted metal parts options are Alloy 400 (Monel), Hastelloy C-276, or super-duplex wetted metal parts.

If requesting spare wetted parts for the E09 TD-4100XD, you must identify the wetted parts metal, i.e.,
Alloy 400, Hastelloy C-276, or super-duplex.

4.8 OPTICAL KIT


After reviewing your Section 12.1 Customer Application Survey, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments application specialists will define the optical configuration of the instrument to provide
high “targeted hydrocarbon” sensitivity while minimizing chemical interferences and sample turbidity
interference.

In addition to the Section 12.1 Customer Application Survey, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments
application specialists may ask for clarification and / or request you submit additional information and /
or samples to ensure the correct optical configuration is provided to ensure success of your application.

NOTE: If the optical configuration is changed for a different application, the cell condition monitor
detector may also need to be changed. Consult Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments for
information regarding optical configuration changes. Some optical configurations require an optional
wide range detector, which must be installed at the factory.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-27


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

4.8.1 SPARES
Because lamps and optical filters deteriorate over time, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments
recommends purchasing a Two-Year Spares Kit, which includes the optics kits and lamps you will need
for routine maintenance.

Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments will recommend either the clear quartz lamp, near UV
lamp, blue lamp, or suntan lamp spare optical kit, and either the Blue or Orange CheckPOINT™ Solid
Standard, in line with the E09 TD-4100XD optical configuration.

NOTE: Some optical configurations do not have a corresponding CheckPOINTTM solid standard. Call
Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments with your monitor serial number for replacement information.

The following related kits may also be recommended.

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QUANTITY


103869 CheckPOINT™ 4100 EZA Solid Calibration Check 1
Standard (Blue)
103870 CheckPOINT™ 4100 EZA Solid Calibration Check 1
Standard (Orange)

104311 2 Year Clear Quartz Lamp Spares Kit 1


0404202 black Viton™ gasket 2
0404554 lamp housing cover gasket 2
10046 clear quartz mercury vapor lamp 4
1390600 pocket clip screwdriver 1
4000970 Desiccant plugs 1 Package of 3
8000160 cotton buds without adhesive 4 Packages

4100949 Near UV Lamp Spares Kit 1


0404202 black Viton™ gasket 2
0404554 lamp housing cover gasket 2
10049 Lamp, near UV 4
1390600 pocket clip screwdriver 1
4000970 Desiccant plugs 1 Package of 3
8000160 cotton buds without adhesive 4 Packages

101202 Kit, 2 Year Spares, Blue Mercury Vapor Optical 1


Systems
0404202 black Viton™ gasket 2
0404554 lamp housing cover gasket 2
10089 Lamp, blue mercury vapor 4
1390600 pocket clip screwdriver 1
4000970 Desiccant plugs 1 Package of 3
8000160 cotton buds without adhesive 4 Packages

101201 Kit, 2 Year Spares, Suntan Phosphor Optical 1


Systems
0404202 black Viton™ gasket 2
0404554 lamp housing cover gasket 2

4-28 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

1000046 Lamp, suntan phosphor 4


1390600 pocket clip screwdriver 1
4000970 Desiccant plugs 1 Package of 3
8000160 cotton buds without adhesive 4 Packages

4.9 PNEUMATIC SAMPLE PUMP

Sample Return

The E09 TD-4100XD base configuration does not include a sample return pump but requires a drain
capable of passing the following: 4 U.S. gal/min [15.1 L/min] of sample, 15 ft3/hr [0.42 m3/hr] air, and
solids separated and gas evolved in the sample delivery / conditioning system onto an unrestricted
atmospheric drain.

If there is a possibility the monitor drain backpressure may be above 2.0 in. H2O [0.50 kPa(g)] or the
monitor drain may be subjected to pressure fluctuations above ±1.0 in. H2O [0.25 kPa(g)], or if the
monitor drain is to be returned to the process a sample return pump must be specified.

Sample Supply

The E09 TD-4100XD base configuration does not include a sample supply pump but requires a sample
supply of 2 to 3 U.S. gal/min [7.6 to 11.4 L/min] at a pressure above 5 psig [34.47 kPa(g)].

If the anticipated sample supply pressure at the monitor location is below 5 psig [34.47 kPa(g)], the E09
TD-4100XD must be fitted with a sample supply pump.

Sample Return Design

1. Maximum working pressure of air valve: 100 psig [689 kPa(g)].


2. Maximum working pressure of pump: 100 psi [689 kPa(g)].
3. Maximum size solids that may be reliably pumped: 0.09 in. [2.5 mm].
4. Sample return pump outlet size: 0.75 in. [19.1 mm] FNPT.
5. Recommended sample return line size: 0.75 in. [19.1 mm].

Sample Supply Design

1. Maximum working pressure of air valve: 100 psig [689 kPa(g)].


2. Maximum working pressure of pump: 100 psig [689 kPa(g)].
3. Design air consumption: 120 ft3/hr [3.4 m3/hr]
4. Design operating air pressure: 40 psig [276 kPa(g)]
5. Sample supply pump design flow rate: 2.5 U.S. gal/min [9.5 L/min]
6. Sample supply pump design discharge pressure: 5 psig [34 kPa(g)].
7. Maximum size of solids that may be reliably pumped: 0.09 in. [2.5 mm].
8. Sample supply pump inlet size: 0.75 in. [19.1 mm] FNPT.
9. Maximum dry suction lift: 15 ft [4.6 m]. Note that this is dependent upon fluid properties and
may be less.
10. Maximum wet suction lift: 25 ft [7.6 m]. Note that this is dependent upon fluid properties and
may be less.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-29


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

Operating air pressure is determined through system curve analysis1 using the following fluid outlet
pressure chart.

Operating air consumption is established after the system curve analysis is completed from the
following air consumption chart.

1 Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends either using site-specific procedures or those outlined in Flow of Fluids Through
Valves, Fittings, and Pipe, by John Crane.

4-30 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

Recommended sample supply line size: 0.75 in. [19.1 mm]. If the sample point is less than 25 ft [7.6
m] from the monitor sample inlet, a supply line size of 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] is acceptable. Do not size the
sample supply line less than 0.5 in. [12.7 mm].

CAUTION: Repair or replace worn or damaged parts immediately. Do not alter or modify the
sample pump.

CAUTION: Do not block or restrict the sample return line overflow vent. This must remain open to
atmosphere otherwise damage to the instrument may occur.

WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum working pressure of the air valve or pump.

WARNING: Wear hearing protection when operating this equipment.

NOTE: Read all sample pump tags, labels, and vendor information included in the accessory
package carefully before operating the E09 TD-4100XD sample pump.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-31


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

4.9.1 INSTALLATION – PIPING CONNECTION


For sample pump piping connection information, please refer to Monitor Sample Supply, Section 2.3.2.2
Installation – Piping Connection and Monitor Sample Return / Sample Drain, Section 2.3.1.2 Installation
– Piping Connection.

4.9.2 INSTALLATION – COMPRESSED AIR CONNECTION


Unless the sample pump is mounted off of the monitor’s frame, the compressed air for the sample pump
is directed from the monitor’s single instrument-quality compressed air inlet connection. The sample
pump is plumbed to the monitor’s instrument-quality air system. See Section 2.2.2 Instrument Air for
details.

4.9.3 INSTALLATION - ELECTRICAL CONNECTION


No electrical connections are necessary for the standard configuration.

4.9.4 START-UP

Prior to starting up the sample return pump

1. Adjust the monitor air supply regulator to meet the calculated sample return pump operating
pressure requirement.
2. Close the sample return pump variable area meter valve by turning it fully counter clockwise.
3. Temporarily remove the sample return line overflow tube to open the overflow view port to
permit viewing the monitor drain condition.

NOTE: If instrument is equipped with a sample return pump, disconnect the sample return overflow
vent tube.

To start up the sample return pump

1. Remove monitor power isolation(s) (if any), then apply


power to the TD-4100XD enclosure by turning on the
main power switch.
2. With the monitor powered up, select the sample return
pump to run either by:
a. Selecting local manual control.
b. With remote run control selected, select remote
control.

4-32 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

3. To ensure the pump picks up suction cleanly, set the


sample return pump variable area meter to provide
~20 % more flow then the calculated sample return
pump operating air consumption requirements.

Overflow view port


Sample supply meter
Sample return meter

4. Open the sample return line to the process and start sample flow into the monitor.
5. Once drain overflow is established, place your hand over the overflow view port and confirm
there is a slight vacuum being pulled by the sample return pump.
6. If there is a strong vacuum, decrease the air flow using the sample return pump variable area
meter until there is only a slight vacuum.
7. Monitor the drain for 5 minutes and ensure:
a. The drain continuously overflows.
b. The pump suction level remains below the overflow view port.
c. The vacuum on the drain remains slight.
Adjust the sample return pump variable area meter until these conditions are met.
8. Once the sample return pump variable area meter setting is finalized, note this setting to help
establish wear and maintenance schedules.
9. Lastly, reinstate the sample return line overflow tube.

Prior to starting up the sample supply pump

NOTE: If instrument is equipped with a sample return pump, make sure that it is already operating
before starting the sample supply pump. Failure to install and operate the sample return pump
correctly can cause serious damage to the monitor.

1. Ensure the monitor air supply regulator is set above 40 psig [276 kPa(g)] to meet the sample
supply pump operating pressure requirement.
2. Close the sample supply pump variable area meter valve by turning it fully counter clockwise.
3. Temporarily remove the overflow view port plug to open the overflow view port to permit
viewing the monitor drain condition.

NOTE: If instrument is equipped with a sample return pump, disconnect the sample return overflow
vent tube.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-33


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

To start up the sample supply pump

1. Remove monitor power isolation(s) (if any), then apply


power to the TD-4100XD enclosure by turning on the
main power switch.
2. With the monitor powered up, select the sample return
pump to run either by:
a. Selecting local manual control (ON).
b. If configured with remote run control option, select
local automatic control (AUTO).
3. Select the Auto Valve System (AVS) switch for
automatic operation.

4. Set the sample supply pump variable area meter to


provide 145 ft3/hr [4.1 m3/hr] to ensure the pump picks
up suction cleanly.

Overflow view port


Sample supply meter
Sample return meter

5. Open the sample supply line from the process.


6. Open the monitor sample inlet valve half way.

NOTE: Opening the sample inlet valve too far will not establish 5 psig [34 kPa(g)] backpressure at
the sample inlet preventing the auto valve system from operating. Opening the sample inlet valve
too little will cause the auto valve system pressure sensor to cycle repeatedly causing premature
pressure sensor wear and erratic sample flow. This will lead to failure of the pressure sensor.

7. After approximately 1 minute (the AVS time delay), drain overflow should be established. Once
established, decrease the supply pump variable area meter to 120 ft3/hr [3.4 m3/hr].
8. Monitor the drain for 5 minutes and ensure the drain continuously overflows, and the automatic
sample outlet valve remains open. Adjust the sample supply pump variable area meter until
overflow is maintained, and the automatic sample outlet valve remains open for 5 minutes.
9. Once the sample supply pump variable area meter setting is finalized, note this setting to help
establish wear and maintenance schedules.
10. Lastly, reinstate the overflow view port.

4-34 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

4.9.5 OPERATIONS

WARNING: Personnel removing the flow cell cover must meet facility requirements for exposure to
ultraviolet radiation, including wearing protective goggles or safety glasses. As a minimum, Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends wearing approved protective goggles or safety
glasses when completing this procedure.

As part of routine unit tours, open the flow cell


cover and confirm:

1. The opical windows, flow nozzle exit, and air


channels are clean.
2. The falling stream is uniform and shows a
slight taper from the top of the flow cell to the
bottom.
3. The flow-cell is draining cleanly and a slight
vacuum is being pulled within the flow-cell.

If there are signs of flooding, repeat the start-up procedure, and, if other than a slight vacuum is felt,
adjust the sample return pump variable meter to set a slight vacuum.

If the falling stream is not uniform or there is fouling on the optical windows, confirm the air curtain flow
is set at 15 ft3/hr [0.42 m3/hr] and, if correct, check the overflow view port for overflow and adjust the
sample supply pump variable meter to ensure continuous steady overflow.

4.9.6 MAINTENANCE
Before each use, check all hoses for wear or damage and replace as necessary.

Check to be sure all threaded connections are tight and leak-free. Check and torque all threaded
connections, including manifold screws, clamps, and air valve screws, at least once every two months.

The air valve is lubricated at the factory to operate without additional lubrication.

For extended shutdown flush the pump to prevent the fluid from drying or freezing in the pump and
damaging the pump.

With continuous operation, it is anticipated that the wet end and the air valve will need to be rebuilt 3
times every 2 years. The 2-year spares kit provides all necessary materials to complete these rebuilds.
See pump manual for rebuild directions.

However, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends you establish a preventive


maintenance schedule based on the pump’s service history. This is especially important for prevention
of spills or leakage due to diaphragm failure.

Maintenance Schedule

The minimum maintenance schedule is recommended, but the actual schedule should be based upon
the pump’s service history.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-35


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

4.9.7 TROUBLESHOOTING

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION


AVS does not open. AVS switch not in correct setting. Set AVS switch to Auto position.
Insufficient continuous pressure at Adjust inlet valve position and/or
sample inlet. sample supply pump variable area
meter setting.
Pressure sensor audioably clicking. Insufficient continuous pressure at Adjust inlet valve position and/or
sample inlet. sample supply pump variable area
meter setting.
Drain overflow falling off. Sample supply line blocked. Remove sample supply line
blockage.
Sample supply line restricted. If due to scale, sediment, or
biological fouling, contact local
support or, if unavailable, contact
Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments applications specialist.
Remove restriction or, if not
practical, increase sample supply
pump variable area meter setting.
Pump will not cycle, or cycles once Air valve is stuck or dirty. Check and clean / replace air filter.
and stops. Use filtered air.
Pump cycles at stall or fails to old Leaky check valves or o-rings. Replace.
pressure at stall.
Worn check balls or duckbill valves Replace.
or guides.
Check ball wedged in guide. Repair or replace.
Worn diaphragm shaft seals. Replace.
Pump operates erratically. Clogged suction line. Inspect; clear.
Sticky or leaking check valve balls. Clean or replace.
Diaphragm ruptured. Replace.
Air bubbles in fluid. Suction line is loose. Tighten.
Diaphragm ruptured. Replace.
Loose manifolds or damaged Tighten manifold bolts or nuts;
manifold o-rings. replace o-rings.
Loose fluid side diaphragm plates. Tighten.
Fluid in exhaust air. Wet air supply. Check and clean / replace air dryer.
Use dry air.
Diaphragm ruptured. Replace.
Loose fluid side diaphragm plates. Tighten.
Worn diaphragm shaft seals. Replace.
Pump exhausts air from clamps Loose clamps. Tighten clamp nuts.
(metal pumps).
Air valve o-ring is damaged. Inspect; replace if necessary.
Pump leaks fluid from check valves. Worn or damaged check valve o Inspect; replace if necessary.
rings.
Water overflows through overflow Insufficient air flow to sample return Increase air flow to sample return
vent tube. pump. pump.
For monitors with remote control No external voltage being supplied. Check external power circuit.
option, pump does not run in the
Incorrect external voltage being Check external power circuit.
remote control mode.
supplied.
Remote control pump circuit breaker Reset circuit breaker.
is blown.
Control relay is damaged by Contact Turner Designs
incorrect voltage and/or current. Hydrocarbon Instruments.

4-36 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

4.9.8 SPARES
P/N 100241 2-year spares kit is available. It includes 3 wet-end rebuild and 3 air valve rebuild kits.

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QUANTITY


100241 Kit, 2 Year Spares, Pneumatic
Diaphragm Pump
Contains the following:
100302 Air Valve Repair Kit 3
Packing 2 Per Air Valve Repair Kit
Lithium based Lubricant 1 Tube Per Air Valve Repair Kit
Packing 1 Per Air Valve Repair Kit
Cartridges 2 Per Air Valve Repair Kit
Pins 2 Per Air Valve Repair Kit
Plate 1 Per Air Valve Repair Kit
and
100301 Wet End Repair Kit 3
SS Seats and Guides (4) 4 Per Wet End Repair Kit
Teflon Diaphragms (2) 2 Per Wet End Repair Kit
Viton Balls (4) 4 Per Wet End Repair Kit

4.10 AIR SUPPLY OPTIONS


CAUTION: The E09 TD-4100XD air supply must be instrument quality as defined in ISA S7 0.01-
1996, Section 5 and ISO 8573.1, wherein the air must be:
1. Free of particulate matter above 1 micron.
2. Have oil (liquid and gas) content below 0.008 ppm wt/vol [0.02 mg/m3].
3. Have a dew point at least 18 °F [-7.8 °C] below ambient temperature to which any part of the
instrument air system is exposed, and shall under no circumstance exceed 39 °F [3.9 °C] at line
pressure.

The Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments supplied membrane dryer and pre-filter assemblies
feature:

1. Pilot-operated, pneumatically-actuated automatic drains to reliably discharge collected liquid.


2. Differential pressure indicators to advise users to replace filter and pre-filter elements.

4.10.1 PERMANENT MEMBRANE AIR DRYER AND PRE-FILTER KIT


Membrane dryer and pre-filter assemblies are sized by Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments to
meet option requirements.

NOTE: The user must send untreated monitor air supply temperature and pressure information to
Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments to have the membrane dryer, prefilter assembly sized by
Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments.

4.10.1.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

The membrane dryer and pre-filter assemblies are usually mounted to the monitor, but may be shipped
loose. The assemblies are fitted with mounting hardware to permit bolting them to a user supplied and
installed structural support. Both inlet and outlet air connections are 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] NPT and 0.5 in.
[12.7 mm] tube.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-37


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

1. Maximum working pressure: 250 psig [1724 kPa(g)].


2. Maximum working temperature: 150 °F [66 °C].
3. Air supply inlet size: 0.5 in. [12.70 mm] tube.
4. Design supply pressure 90 to 120 psig [620 to 827 kPa(g)].

CAUTION: Repair or replace worn or damaged parts immediately. Do not alter or modify the air
dryer, pre-filter assembly.

WARNING: Do not exceed the maximum working pressure of the air dryer, pre-filter assembly.

NOTE: Read all the air dryer, pre-filter assembly tags, labels, and vendor information included in
the accessory package carefully before operating the E09 TD-4100XD air dryer, pre-filter assembly.

4.10.1.2 INSTALLATION – MOUNTING

Installed System

The system is installed on the monitor prior to shipping. No further installation is necessary.

Remote Mounting

Mount the system to a vertical surface using the supplied bracket. The spacing of the mounting bolts
is 1.84 in. [47 mm]. The maximum mounting bolt diameter is 0.25 in. [6.35 mm]. The outlet end of the
permanent membrane air dryer should be positioned upward. Refer to Figure 4.10.3.1 for mounting
dimensions.

4-38 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

4.10.1.3 INSTALLATION – PIPING CONNECTION

Figure 4.10.1.3.1

Air supply 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] outlet

Assembly mounting plate

Filter maintenance indicators

Air supply 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] inlet

4.10.1.4 START-UP

Prior to pressurizing the air membrane dryer and pre-filter assembly, ensure that:

1. The filter cartridges are installed.


2. The membrane dryer vents are clean and unobstructed.
3. The auto drains are closed.
After these checks, the air membrane dryer and pre-filter assembly may be pressurized and opened to
the monitor.

NOTE: If the automatic drains do not close, temporarily block off the vent plugs with your fingers to
establish sufficient back-pressure to seal the vents. Then remove the temporary block.

4.10.1.5 OPERATIONS

As part of routine unit tours, confirm:

1. The membrane dryer vents are clean and unobstructed.


2. The filter maintenance indicators indicate the filters are not spent.
3. Check for leaks (other then the dryer vents) and tighten as necessary.

4.10.1.6 MAINTENANCE

If the moisture content is high, it may be necessary to manually blow down and clean the filter automatic
water dump valves.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-39


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

Replace the filter cartridges every six months or when the maintenance indicators indicate it is required
whichever comes first.

Maintenance Schedule

FREQUENCY ACTION
Six months Replace the two filter cartridges.

4.10.1.7 PROCEDURE FOR ELEMENT REPLACEMENT

WARNING: The filters are pressure containing devices. Depressurize before servicing. If the filter
has not been depressurized before disassembly, an audible alarm will sound when the bowl begins
to be removed from the head. If this occurs, stop disassembly, isolate, and completely depressurize
filter before proceeding.

1. Isolate filter or shut off air supply.


2. Depressurize filter by slowly opening manual drain valve.
3. Remove bowl by pushing bowl up, turning bowl 1/8 turn to your left, and pull bowl straight
down.
4. Clean filter bowl.
5. Replace element with same type (note that there are two different element types). Pull off old
element and discard. Make certain o-ring inside top of replacement element is in place and
push element onto filter head. Handle elements by bottom end cap only.
6. After making certain that o-ring and wave spring inside top of bowl are in place, reassemble
bowl to head.
7. Remove filter isolation or turn on air supply.
8. Repressurize the filters.

NOTE: Make certain o-ring is generously lubricated with silicon-based grease.

NOTE: Wave spring ends should be pointed down to prevent the wave spring from interfering with
reassembly.

4.10.1.8 TROUBLESHOOTING

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION


Sample supply and or sample return Air dryer not reducing dew point to Ensure membrane dryer vents are
pump air motor sticking. 18 °F [10 °C] below ambient. clean and unobstructed, and auto
drains on pre-filters are operating
correctly.
Pre-Filter cartridge overloaded. Replace pre-filter cartridge.
Vortex cooler operation causing Air dryer not reducing dew point to Ensure membrane dryer vents are
condensation in the electronics 18 °F [10 °C] below ambient. clean and unobstructed, and auto
enclosure. drains on pre-filters are operating
correctly.
Differential gauge in red zone. Cartridge is spent. Replace cartridge.

4-40 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION


Air leaks from automatic drain. Insufficient back pressure. Temporarily block off the vent to
establish sufficient back-pressure.
Vent is open. Close the vent.

4.10.1.9 SPARES

The two-year air permanent membrane dryer and pre-filter assembly spares kit available from Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments is detailed in the following table.

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QUANTITY


4100956 Two-year Pre-Filter Membrane Air 1
Filter Spares Kit
1860411 Air Filter Cartridge 4
1860413 Oil Filter Cartridge 4

4.10.2 AIR COMPRESSOR


Air compressor systems are sized by Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments to meet option
requirements, and include a permanent membrane and dryer and pre-filter assembly.

The Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments supplied compressor systems feature ASME coded
volume tanks and ASME volume tank pressure safety valves, 100% oil- free operation, pressure
gauges, local pressure switch control, and manual drains.

4.10.2.1 DESIGN INFORMATION

Follow manufacturer’s mounting, electrical, and piping connection guidance to ensure safe start-up and
operation of the compressor.

The air compressor must:

1. Pump only clean, dry air (water vapor, oil-based contaminants, or other liquids must be filtered
out).
2. Operate at 32 to 104 °F [0 to 40 °C].
3. Be protected from dirt and moisture.
4. Not pump flammable or explosive gases or be used in an atmosphere that contains such
gases.
5. Not pump corrosive gases or particulate laden air as these will damage the compressor.
6. Be mounted on a stable, rigid operation surface (to reduce noise and vibration, shock mounts
are recommended).
7. Be exhausted to a safe area away from materials that may be damaged by hot exhaust.
The air compressor and the membrane dryer and pre-filter assembly are shipped loose and are to be
installed by the user.

WARNING: The air compressor is not area rated or weather rated. It must be installed in and take
suction from a non-hazardous location. It must be installed in an area protected from rain and
moisture.

The user is also responsible for electrically fitting out and protecting the compressor in accordance with
site-specific requirements, and for completing piping between the discharge of the compressor and the
E09 TD-4100XD air connection point.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-41


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

To understand permanent membrane dryer and pre-filter assembly option information, refer to Section
4.11.1 Permanent Membrane Air Dryer and Pre-Filter.

1. Design operating air pressure output: 80 to 100 psig [552 to 689 kPa(g)].
2. Operating voltage: 110 - 130 VAC, 60 Hz. The motor horsepower is 1/3 hp [0.25 kW].

CAUTION: Repair or replace worn or damaged parts immediately. Do not alter or modify the air
compressor system.

NOTE: Read all the air compressor system tags, labels, and vendor information included in the
accessory package carefully before operating the E09 TD-4100XD air compressor.

4.10.2.2 INSTALLATION - ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

WARNING: Electrical connections should be made only by trained service personnel or certified
electrician, and should only be completed in accordance with site isolation and safe work practices.

See vendor manual for specific electrical connection instructions. The air compressor is not provided
with a power connection cable or wiring.

4.10.2.3 INSTALLATION - LOCATION

When choosing the compressor location, ensure the following are considered:

1. Heat generated during compression.


2. Operating noise during cycling.
3. Access for maintenance.
4. All manufacturer’s recommendations.
The standard air compressor dimensions are 26 in. [660.4 mm] long x 21 in. [533.4 mm] high x 14 in.
[355.6 mm] wide. The standard air compressor mounts to a horizontal surface on a 16 in. [406.4 mm]
long x 12 in. [304.8 mm] wide rectangular pattern. The maximum bolt diameter for mounting is 0.375 in.
[9.5 mm]. Make sure the manual drain is accessible. See Section 4.10.1.2 Installation – Mounting and
Section 4.10.1.3 Installation – Piping Connection for permanent membrane air dryer system mounting
and piping connections.

4-42 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

4.10.2.4 INSTALLATION – PIPING CONNECTION

The compressor manual drain and the com-


pressor air volume tank outlet are 0.25 in.
[6.35 mm] tube (standard), 0.25 in. [6.35 mm]
NPT (standard), 0.5 in. [12.70 mm] tube (high
capacity), or 0.5 in. [12.70 mm] NPT (high
capacity).

Air supply 0.25 in. [6.35 mm] tube or NPT


outlet (standard)

Manual Drain

Plumb the air compressor supply outlet to the permanent membrane air dryer system (see Section
4.11.1.3) inlet with the supplied tubing and fittings. Plumb the instrument membrane air dryer system
outlet to the instrument air inlet of the E09 TD-4100XD.

CAUTION: Repair or replace worn or damaged parts immediately. Do not alter or modify the air
compressor system.

4.10.2.5 START-UP

Prior to operating the compressor, bump the compressor to ensure the motor is turning the proper
direction. Incorrect rotation will quickly burn out the compressor motor.

Follow manufacturer’s start-up directions to ensure a safe start-up to the compressor. See vendor’s
manual for air compressor.

4.10.2.6 OPERATIONS

As part of routine unit tours, confirm:

1. The air compressor is cycling as per pressure control settings.


2. If the relative humidity is higher than 35 %, then manually blow down the volume tank daily or
as experience dictates.

NOTE: Do not allow excessive moisture to accumulate in the tank.

3. The membrane dryer vents are clean and unobstructed.


4. The filter maintenance indicators indicate the filters are not spent.
5. Check for leaks (other then the dryer vents) and tighten as necessary.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-43


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

4.10.2.7 MAINTENANCE

NOTE: If unit is operated at maximum duties in a fairly clean, 65 °F to 75 °F, [18 °C to 24 °C]
ambient temperature with a 35 % relative humidity, the first complete inspection and maintenance
is anticipated after 4000 hours of operation. Earlier maintenance may be required depending upon
the environment.

Follow manufacturer’s maintenance procedures to assure the product’s performance and service life.
See vendor’s manual for specific maintenance instructions. Typical checks include:

1. Checking the intake and exhaust filters after the first 500 hours of operation. Clean filters and
determine how frequently filters should be checked during future operation.
2. Checking the thickness of the rider ring and replacing as required. It should measure greater
than 0.055 in. [1.40 mm].
3. Checking the filter felt and replace if it is covered with contamination or shows signs of
increasing differential pressure.
4. Checking for damage of external accessories including relief valves and gauges.
5. Checking the air filter cartridge. A dirty filter restricts air flow and causes the compressor to run
hotter resulting in longer operating cycles.
6. Cleaning the motor regularly. Dirt and film buildup on the outer shell adversely affects the
compressors ability to dissipate heat.
7. Permanent membrane dryer and pre-filter kit.
a. If the moisture content is high, it may be necessary to manually blow down and clean the
filter automatic water dump valves.
b. Replace the filter cartridges every six months or when the maintenance indicators indicate
it is required whichever comes first.

Maintenance Schedule

FREQUENCY ACTION DIRECTIONS


Daily Inspect pressure. Compressor should cycle on at 80
psig [552 kPa(g)] and cycle off at
100 psig [689 kPa(g)].
Blow down tank. Open tank vent and allow liquid to
drain. Close tank vent.
Three weeks Check intake and exhaust filters. Clean filters if dirty. Replace if
excessively dirty or damaged.
Check differential pressure gauges Replace element(s) if indicator is in
on permanent membrane air dryer red zone.
and pre-filter system.
Six months Check thickness of rider ring. Replace if less than 0.055 in. [1.40
mm].
Check filter felt. Replace if contaminated or
increases differential pressure.
Check relief valve. Replace if not functional.
Check pressure gauge. Replace if not functional.
Check outside of motor and Clean and remove dirt and film to
compressor. prevent heat accumulation.
Air filter cartridges on permanent Replace as directed in Section
membrane air dryer and pre-filter 4.10.1.7.
system.

4-44 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

4.10.2.8 TROUBLESHOOTING

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION


Unit stalls after vacuum or pressure Power source voltage does not Check voltage and wiring connec-
starts building up in receiver. match the motor nameplate. tions against diagram on nameplate.
Single voltage motors will operate
only at designated voltage.
Motor will not start. Compressor power isolated or Reconnect electrical supply to
disconnected. compressor.
Compressor feeder cable under- Ensure cable sizing is as per manu-
sized. facturer’s recommendations.
Power source voltage does not Check voltage and wiring connec-
match the motor nameplate. tions against diagram on nameplate.
Single voltage motors will operate
only at designated voltage.
Other. Contact Turner Designs Hydro-
carbon Instruments and they will
contact your local manufacturer
Distributor/Representative or Autho-
rized Service Facility.
Motor starts at 0 psig [0 kPa(g)] but Worn or dirty discharge check valve. Clean / replace discharge check
will not start under load: valve.
Motor tripped on thermal overload. Wait for the thermal overload to
reset before attempting to restart.
Replace defective overload switch.
The motor may be damaged and Contact Turner Designs Hydro-
requires service. carbon Instruments and they will
contact your local manufacturer
Distributor/Representative or Autho-
rized Service Facility.
Motor starts intermittently. Worn or dirty pressure-switch points. Check points and clean dirt buildup.
If worn, replace as required.
Unit cycles On-Off more often than Air volume tank high water level. Check air volume tank and drain
when first installed. water that has accumulated.
Unit or motor is running more often Air delivery system leaks. Load Check for system leaks through
than when first installed. changes due to wear of sample sup- pipes, fittings, and seals. Repair as
ply or return pump, or vortex cooler necessary.
cooling requirements.
Dirty air filters. Check and clean filters
Compressor head dirty. Check for buildup of foreign material
on head.
Compressor wear. Check valves and rings for wear and
damage.
Air receiver loses pressure. Air delivery system leaks. Check for system leaks through
pipes, fittings, and seals. Repair as
necessary.
Worn or dirty discharge check valve. Inspect the check valve to see if it
is allowing air pressure to leak back
into unit.
Compressor head assembly air Use soap to check for bubbles after
leaks. the compressor has stopped for a
few minutes, and repair air leaks as
necessary.
Differential gauge in red zone. Cartridge is spent. Replace cartridge.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-45


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

Air leaks from automatic drain. Insufficient back pressure. Temporarily block off the vent with
fingers to establish sufficient back-
pressure.
Vent is open. Close the vent.

4.10.2.9 SPARES

For compressor spares and kits, contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments.

4.11 SAMPLE SWITCHING SYSTEM, TWO SAMPLE STREAMS


The sample switching system diverts the sample inlet to one of two sample streams while maintaining
constant sample flow in each stream. Due to constant flow, the sample purge time after switching
streams is minimized. This option allows remote switching of two sample streams via pneumatic control
while also providing discrete electrical contacts indicating the current stream flow condition. The system
is actuated by instrument-quality compressed air directed by the user in the monitor electronic display
(LCD).

The sample switching system option is mounted on the E09 TD-4100XD frame. Instrument-quality
compressed air is provided to the sample switching system from the monitor’s single air inlet. The
sample switching system option has the following requirements and specifications:

1. Sample supply flows at sample switching system are 0.03 to 0.10 U.S. gal/min [0.1 to 0.4 L/
min] each.
2. Sample supply pressures of 10 to 180 psig [68.94 to 1241 kPa(g)] each. If the sample supply
pressure is below 10 psig [68.94 kPa(g)] on one or both sample streams, one or two sample
supply pumps must be specified.
3. Sample supply temperatures of 32 to 415 °F [0 to 213 °C].
4. Sample inlet connections for Stream 1 and Stream 2 are 0.25 in. [6.35 mm] FNPT.
5. The sample outlet is plumbed to the monitor’s sample inlet location.
6. Common sample drain connection is 0.25 in. [6.35 mm] FNPT.
7. The compressed air supply is from the monitor’s single instrument-quality compressed air inlet
connection.
8. Hazardous area classification is ATEX Zone 1 or 2. Note that the ATEX classification is more
stringent than the monitor’s hazardous area classification.
9. The ambient temperature range is -40 to 176 °F [-40 to 80°C].
10. The electrical connection for the stream position indicator is 0.75 in. [19.05 mm] FNPT and 0.5
in. [12.7 mm] FNPT.
11. The two optional electrical contacts for the stream position indicator are rated to 0.2 A at 120
VAC and 0.3 A at 24 VDC.

4.11.1 INSTALLATION–MOUNTING
The sample switching system is mounted on the E09 TD-4100XD frame.

4.11.2 INSTALLATION–COMPRESSED AIR CONNECTION


The compressed air for the sample switching system is directed from the monitor’s single instrument-
quality compressed air inlet connection. The sample switching system is plumbed to the monitor’s
instrument-quality air system. See Section 2.2.2 Instrument Air for details.

4-46 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES

4.11.3 INSTALLATION–ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS


If desired, the stream position switches can be connected to powered circuits to indicate the stream flow
status. The contacts are rated to 0.2 A at 120 VAC and 0.3 A at 24 VDC. The switch connections are
shown below. The electrical connections for the stream position switches are 0.5 in. [12.7 mm] FNPT
and 0.75 in. [19.1 mm] FNPT (two openings).

4.11.4 INSTALLATION–PROCESS CONNECTIONS


The sample stream to the E09 TD-4100XD should be connected to diverter valve port #2, per the valve
indicator. This connection will already have been made with flexible hose or tubing.

Sample stream A is connected to diverter valve port #3. Sample stream B is connected to diverter valve
port #1, per the valve indicator.

The drain/sample return line is connected to the diverter valve port #4 per the valve indicator.

4.11.5 START-UP
Compressed air should already be supplied to the system. When switching from one stream to another,
remember that there will be a delay time while the sample system is flushed with the new sample. The
monitor’s readings should be ignored during this delay time.

4.11.6 OPERATIONS
To control the sample switching system, choose Sample from the Setup 2 screen menu.

In the Sample Switch Control screen, you can choose to


monitor stream A only, stream B only, or both. You can also
control the measurement time and purge time.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 4-47


Rev G User Manual
OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES E09 TD-4100XD

Make sure that the switching time is longer than the sample dilution time which will vary according to the
inlet sample flow rate, otherwise the measurements will be meaningless.

Instrument-quality compressed air must be provided to the monitor according to Section 2.2.2
Instrument Air. See Section 5.12 Sample Switch Control (Optional) for more information on sample
switching.

4.11.7 MAINTENANCE
As the seat and ball wear normally due to valve cycling, the valve can be adjusted in-line to prevent
leakage, usually 3-4 times before the seats have to be replaced. This adjustment is accomplished by
slightly tightening the body bolts (1/8 turn), which compresses the seats against the ball and restores
the valve to a leak-tight condition. Do not overtighten such that the actuator can no longer turn the valve
stem. Consult the vendor instructions for replacement instructions.

4.11.8 TROUBLESHOOTING

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION


Valve will not switch positions. Compressed air supply not Check compressed air supply.
adequate.
Air not provided to control solenoids. Check air to control solenoids.
Seat adjustment is overtightened. Loosen the seat adjustment slightly.
Valve leaks. Normal wear of seat and ball. Tighten valve or replace seats.
Monitor shuts down flow to flowcell Insufficient pressure at monitor inlet Increase sample pressure for
in one or both positions. pressure sensor. stream with insufficient pressure.

4.11.9 SPARES
Replacement seats are available from Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments. Four seats are
required for a complete replacement on the valve.

4-48 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
5 INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS

This chapter describes installation both with and without specialist assistance and a typical initial start-
up sequence, including settings and configurations. The following topics are included in this chapter.

5.1 START-UP WITH APPLICATION SPECIALIST ASSISTANCE


Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends new users specify application specialist
assistance to ensure a trouble free start-up.

To ensure application specialist availability for your start-up, contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments at least one month prior to the anticipated start-up date. After being contacted, Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments will assign you an application specialist who will provide assistance
during your application start-up.

Upon being assigned your project, the application specialist will issue an Section 12.2 Installation
Checklist for you to complete and return, and will follow up with you to confirm the installation and start-
up schedule, and to ensure any work permits / training / travel arrangements are in place to meet your
start-up time line.

Prior to committing to travel, the application specialist will need to ensure the monitor installation is
complete and complies with:

1. The environmental requirements as detailed in Section 2.1.1 Environmental Considerations.


2. The site requirements as detailed in Section 2.1.2 Site Considerations.
3. The mounting arrangements as detailed in Section 2.1.3 Mounting Considerations.
4. The offsite requirements and connection details as described in Section 2.2 Offsite
Requirements.
5. The process requirements and connection details listed in Section 2.3 Process Requirements.
The application specialist will also confirm application details, feed availability, and any other necessary
logistical details.

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments provide both start-up (for new users) and calibration
assistance (for new users and for experienced users developing new applications).

NOTE: For new users or experienced users wishing a high level of onsite support, Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments provides package pricing for start-up and calibration assistance
(commissioning), as well as non-package pricing for onsite calibration assistance.

An applications specialist assisted start-up typically takes two to four days onsite assuming sample
availability, and the monitor installation complies with the design guidelines.

5.2 START-UP WITHOUT APPLICATION SPECIALIST ASSISTANCE


If you opt not to include a Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments application specialist as a member
of your start-up team, they are available to provide remote assistance normally within a 24 hour period
and may be contacted at:

Tel: +1 559 253 1414, Fax: +1 559 253 1090, or


Email: service@oilinwatermonitors.com
INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS E09 TD-4100XD

There may be other set-up activities that are necessary for proper operation and are not described
in this section since the parameters are not accessible to users. Due to this situation, Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments does not recommend that users try to start up the monitor
without the help of a Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments service engineer or Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments service representative fully trained on this product. Note that Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments’ dealers and agents performing service must receive written
authorization and certification for performing service on our products.

5.3 THE E09 TD-4100XD KEYPAD

The E09 TD-4100XD keypad features three types of keys:

• Function keys for direct access to primary instrument functions:

HOME—Go to the home or advanced home screens


SETUP—Go to the setup or advanced setup menus
CLEAN—Manual cleaning
DIAG—Display diagnostic information, including settings and data
ESC—Back to last menu, home screen help, abort cleaning cycle
ENT—Accept numeric data, acknowledge latched alarms, cycle regression plots
• Numeric keys, 0–9, for menu selection and data entry

• Special action keys with embedded items for navigation and parameter adjustment:

Home (Normal Mode): cycle through current alarm codes.


Home (Trend & Stats Mode): toggle trend plot y-axis between auto-scale and user-
defined scale.

Home (Trend & Stats Mode): toggle trend plot x-axis between 1 hour and user-defined
period.

5-2 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS

Scroll up.
Home screen (Normal Mode): temporarily toggle to RFU.
Home (Trend Mode): increase trend line width.

Scroll down.

Cycle forward through Home screen displays.


Cycle forward through Diagnostic screens.
Cycle forward through Calibration screens.

Cycle backward through Home screen displays.


Cycle backward through Diagnostic screens.
Cycle backward through Calibration screens.

5.4 TYPICAL INITIAL START-UP SEQUENCE


This section illustrates a typical start-up sequence, including TD-USB synchronization.

1. Turn rotary power switch on side of E09 TD-4100XD.


The screen shown here appears. The TD-USB Status
screen appears within 7 seconds.

2. If no TD-USB drive is installed, the screen shown here


appears. Press ENT, or wait 10 seconds, to view the
Accessories screen. See Section 5.4.1 About TD-USB
Synchronization for synchronization details.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 5-3


Rev G User Manual
INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS E09 TD-4100XD

3. If a TD-USB drive is installed, a screen appears


showing free and total space available. Press ENT or
wait 10 seconds to view the Accessories screen

4. Press ENT or wait 10 seconds to view the Sample A


Home screen.

5. Home screen: Normal mode. If a sample switch is not


installed, you will only see the Sample A stream.

6. If a sample switch is installed and configured to


monitor only one stream, you will see either Sample A
or Sample B.

7. If a sample switch is installed and configured to


monitor both streams, you can see both samples A
and B.

5-4 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS

5.4.1 ABOUT TD-USB SYNCHRONIZATION


When the TD-USB is inserted, it is synchronized with system memory. The following actions take place:

1. The TD-USB Sync screen is displayed.


2. Data-log files, diagnostic files, and events files are updated to exact copies of system files.
3. If calibration files and settings files are missing on the TD-USB, they are replaced with system
files.
4. If calibration and settings files are present on the TD-USB, but are different from the system
files, they are not replaced. This makes it possible to use the TD-USB files to restore
calibrations and settings.
5. When synchronization is complete, the TD-USB Sync screen disappears and the instrument
returns to its previous state.

NOTE: The USB port is not intended for cables or devices other than the TD-USB. Do not use a USB
device other than that provided by Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments.

NOTE: The calibration and settings files contained on the TD-USB are only updated when changes are
made in the Setup screens, while the drive is inserted.

NOTE: The TD-USB files should be backed up regularly on a computer or other storage device to allow
for easy system restoration, especially when making changes.

NOTE: When attempting to import calibration or setup settings, the TD-USB should only contain files
associated with the desired settings. This procedure is for setting up multiple monitors or installing a
previously developed calibration. It cannot be used to make identical calibrations on multiple monitors
because the calibration parameters will be unique to every monitor.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 5-5


Rev G User Manual
INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS E09 TD-4100XD

5.4.2 IMPORT OPTIONS


You can import system setup information from the TD-USB drive. At the Setup 2 screen, press “3” for
Import. Note that this is only necessary when duplicating setup information on multiple monitors or when
restoring setup information.

At the Import System Setup screen, you can press “1” to


import from the TD-USB drive or press “2” to reset factory
defaults.

(Press “1”)

If you choose to import from the TD-USB drive, press ENT,


or press ESC to abort.

(Press “2”)

If you choose to restore the factory defaults, press ENT, or


press ESC to abort.

For more information on creating a restore point and restoring the monitor from setup files, see Section
7.11 Restoring the Monitor from Setup Files.

5-6 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS

5.5 ENTERING ACCESS CODES


Whenever you change key instrument parameters, you are prompted for an access code. Enter the
appropriate four-digit number. You do not need to press the ENT key. After 15 minutes of inactivity, you
must re-enter an access code.

Access Codes

User (default) 8520

Master 7412

You may choose to change your User Access code. The Access Menu can be selected in the Setup 2
screen.

Press the Setup key twice to access Setup 2.

Press “2” to view the Access Menu screen.

Press “1” to enter an access code.

Press “2” to change your default access code.

Press “3” to instantly terminate access before the


15-minute access period elapses.

NOTE: To change User Access Code, and to trim 4 mA and 20 mA output levels, you
must be logged into the monitor at the Master level.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 5-7


Rev G User Manual
INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS E09 TD-4100XD

5.6 SETTING MONITOR DISPLAY UNITS


The monitor may be configured to display oil in water concentration in PPM, PPB, RFU, %, or mg/L. The
factory default is RFU. When using RFU units, no standards can be accepted. To change the monitor
display units, perform the following steps.

NOTE: User Access Code required to change setting.

NOTE: The monitor does not convert readings from ppm to ppb and vice versa. The maximum value the
monitor can display is 99,999.99.

1. At the Setup menu, press “1” for Calibration.

2. Press “1” or “2” to select a sample stream (if a sample


switch is installed).

3. Press “1” for Calibrate.

4. At the Input Analysis Range screen, Press → to


change concentration units from PPM to PPB, RFU,
%, or mg/L.

5-8 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS

Note that the monitor is set to a 0–100 measurement range, but is not factory calibrated. Note that the
The units of RFU do not allow entering standards.

5.7 CONFIGURING ALARMS AND RELAYS


Two categories of alarms are built into the E09 TD-4100XD, system-function alarms and sample-level
alarms. Both categories can be managed from the Setup 1 menu.

Relays 1-4 are user-assignable and allow you to monitor alarms from separate locations. For a list of
factory default assignments, see Table 5.7.1: Alarm and Relay Assignments.

An active system-function alarm indicates a system component may be defective or may have
malfunctioned. Examples of system-function alarms include

• lamp
• chopper motor
• communication alarm
• hall effect
• digital input
• enclosure temperature
• system memory
• HV
An active sample-level alarm indicates the sample oil in water content has exceeded the setting for an
alarm level.

Make changes to alarm settings, such as enabling, latching, or delaying, in the following screens.

At the Setup 1 screen, press “5” for all alarms actions.

Note: You are required to enter an access code to


change alarm settings.

Note: The screens for HiHi, Zero, and Cell offer the same
options as shown for Hi (below). Similarly, all screens for
Sample A or B look alike.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 5-9


Rev G User Manual
INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS E09 TD-4100XD

(Press “1”)

Press “1” to toggle between enabled and disabled.


Press “2” to enter a set point value.
Press “3” to enter an alarm delay time.
Press “4” to toggle between latched and unlatched.

(Press “2”)

Enter a set point value in the New Value field.

(Press “3”)

The alarm delay function affects the High oil in water


reading (Hi A or B alarm).

The responses are delayed by the alarm delay value


prior to operating sample-level alarm relays or reporting
to the monitor alarm system. If the alarm condition clears
prior to exceeding the alarm delay period, the alarm relay
will not operate and the monitor alarm system will not
report the condition. Alarm delay parameters are shown
in Table 5.8.1–Alarm and Relay Assignments.Enter a
value for delay time.

Press ENT.

At the Alarms screen, press “4” to change System Alarm


settings.

(Press “4”)

To toggle between Latched and Unlatched settings,


press “1”.

To toggle between Enabled and Disabled settings, press


“2”.

5-10 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS

At the Alarms screen, press “9” to make changes to the


Cleaning Alarm. The cleaning alarm notifies users in the
Home screen that a manual cleaning is in process and
other processes are suspended.

(Press “9”)

Press “1” to toggle between Latched and Unlatched.


Latched alarms remain “active” in the Home screen until
they are acknowledged and de-activated.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 5-11


Rev G User Manual
INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS E09 TD-4100XD

Table 5.7.1: Alarm and Relay Assignments

Alarm Trigger Delay Default Relay Default Enabled


Assignments
System – HV < 25 volts or >1000 3 min Alarm Relay 1 Yes
volts
System - <500 RPM or >800 2 min Alarm Relay 1 Yes
Chopper RPM
System – Lamp δSL>0.2% or time > 1 min Alarm Relay 1 Yes
6 months
System – TENCL>49°C 3 min Alarm Relay 1 Yes
Enclosure
Temperature
System – Lamp TL>60°C 3 min Alarm Relay 1 Yes
Temperature
System – Comm No updates from 5 sec Alarm Relay 1 Yes
Alarm XD board
System – Hall 4100 reports HALL 2 min Alarm Relay 1 Yes
Effect BAD
System - RTC POC | BLD flag set 0 min Alarm Relay 1 Yes
on RTC
System – Error on SD card 0 min Alarm Relay 1 Yes
System Memory write
System – Digital Contacts shorted 10 min Alarm Relay 1 Yes
Input
High High User defined, > User defined, 0-30 Alarm Relay 3 No
Sample A/B High A/B min, increments of
0.1 min
High Sample A/B User defined, > User defined, 0-30 Alarm Relay 4 No
Zero A/B min, increments of
0.1 min
Zero Sample A/B User defined, < User defined, 0-30 Alarm Relay 1 No
High A/B min, increments of
0.1 min
Auto-Valve Pressure Switch, 0 min Alarm Relay 2 Yes
<5PSI [34 kPa(g)]
(NO=OPENED)
Zone 2 and Contacts OPENED Alarm Relay 6 Yes
Class 1, Division Aux 2 Control
1 Purge Indicator
(if installed)

Note: Relays 5–12 are dedicated to system functions and cannot be reassigned. Relays 1–4 are user-configurable. All
system alarms must report to the same relay.

5-12 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS

Use this form to record desired relay assignments. If the monitor is commissioned by Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments, the field service engineer will configure alarms and relays at that time.

Alarm Name Relay 1 Relay 2 Relay 3 Relay 4


System Alarms
High High Sample A
High Sample A
Zero Sample A
High High Sample B
High Sample B
Zero Sample B
Auto Valve

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 5-13


Rev G User Manual
INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS E09 TD-4100XD

5.8 TESTING RELAYS


System-function and Sample-level relays can be set up and tested as shown in the following Setup 1
screens. At the Relays 1-6 screen, press ↑ or ↓ to navigate and “.” to actuate.

5-14 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS

5.9 SCALING AND TESTING ANALOG OUTPUT LEVEL


At the Setup 1 screen you can select the 4-20mA option for scaling and testing the monitor analog
output level to match the analog input of your analog monitoring system. To scale or test the analog
output, perform the following steps.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 5-15


Rev G User Manual
INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS E09 TD-4100XD

5.10 SETTING MONITOR SENSITIVITY


The basic sensitivity of the E09 TD-4100XD is initially set at the factory. The initial setting will need to
be adjusted onsite to match site conditions, typically by the Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments’
service engineer or an authorized and certified service representative.

WARNING: Before making a sensitivity screw adjustment, the monitor must be powered on for a
minimum of 24 hours.

The Sensitivity Screw is used to set the basic E09 TD-4100XD operating (sensitivity) level of the
instrument. This screw controls the amount of light in the reference path, which controls the high voltage
to the light detector (PMT). The higher the amount of light in the reference path, the lower the PMT
power requirement and the lower the sensitivity. The lower the amount of light in the reference path, the
higher the PMT power requirement and the higher the sensitivity.

More sensitivity is required for low hydrocarbon concentrations, dirty water, or colored water. Less
sensitivity is required for high hydrocarbon concentrations or very clear water. The clearer the water, the
better the signal to noise ratio (hydrocarbon to blank ratio), and the lower the concentration that can be
detected

NOTE: To calculate the initial sensitivity target, you must know the oil in water concentration of the
sample flowing through the monitor flow cell. The initial sensitivity target (RFU) = 10,000*(sample
hydrocarbon in water concentration – analog output low limit) / (analog output high limit – analog output
low limit).

NOTE: The above calculation may not be applicable for all systems. Please consult Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments if the basic recommendation provided above does not provide satisfactory
monitor performance.

By way of example, with a sample oil in water concentration of 40 ppm, an analog output lower limit of 0
ppm, and an analog output high limit of 200 ppm, the initial sensitivity target

= 10,000*(40 ppm – 0 ppm) / (200 ppm – 0 ppm)


= 10,000*(40-0) / (200-0)
= 2000

Once the sensitivity level is set for the site-specific conditions, it is not necessary to adjust the operating
level unless:

1. A different optical kit is installed in the monitor.


2. The application changes wherein the target hydrocarbon concentration is much higher or much
lower than when initially set.
3. The background changes causing the monitor raw reading to normally read below 0 or above
10,000.

NOTE: The sensitivity screw adjustment must only be done during the initial setup. It should not be
adjusted after the initial setup except under the direction of Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments.
Adjusting this will void any existing calibration and will cause incorrect readings.

5-16 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS

After letting the monitor warm up for a minimum


of 1 hour, place valves 1, 2, and 3 in the A
position. Allow sample to flow through the
monitor.

The Sensitivity Screw is located directly beneath


the flow cell. Remove the weatherproof cap and
adjust the screw with a slot screwdriver.

The measurement RFU that needs to be


observed during the sensitivity screw adjustment
is visible on the appropriate hydrocarbon
calibration screen in the diagnostic screens. To
observe the information, press DIAG repeatedly
until the hydrocarbon calibration screen is visible.
The RFU measurement is displayed in blue.

5.11 SETTING MONITOR DATE AND TIME


Change date and time settings at the Clock screen. At the Setup 2 screen, press “4” for Clock.

Press “1” to change the time.


Press “2” to change the date.
Press “3” to cycle through the date format options. The
available formats are MM/DD/YYYY, DD/MM/YYYY, and
YYYY/MM/DD.

WARNING: The Battery Replace option should only be re-


set by a field service engineer. Do not activate this feature
if the real-time clock battery has not been replaced.

(Press “1”)

Enter a value in the hour, minute, or second field and press


ENT to accept it.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 5-17


Rev G User Manual
INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS E09 TD-4100XD

(Press “2”)

Enter a value in the month, day, or year field and press


ENT to accept it.

CAUTION: Do not use these fields to change the date for-


mat. Changing the format in these fields, e.g., 05/07/2011
instead of 07/05/2011, can corrupt the data logging
process. Instead, press “3” at the Clock screen to cycle
through date format options.

5.12 SAMPLE SWITCH CONTROL (OPTIONAL)


Installation of the Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments Sample Switch (optional) allows the user to
monitor two sample streams with one instrument. The samples are designated Sample A and Sample B.
Both samples are flowing at all times. One flows to the instrument’s measurement cell. The other flows
back to the process or to a drain. Each sample can be configured with its own purge time and measure
time. The purge time is the delay required for the newly switched sample to sweep the other sample out
of the measurement cell. No measurements are made during the purge. The measure time is the period
(after the purge) during which the instrument makes valid readings.

To make changes to the Sample Switch Control, navigate to the Setup 2 screen. Press “5” for Sample.

Press “1” to cycle between the choices: A only, B only, and A↔B.

“Timing” is only available if A↔B is selected.

Press “2” to set switch timing.

Press the desired number to make changes to these settings.

(Press “1”)

Enter a value for the time field, and then press ENT to accept it.

Press → to change time units.

The screen for Purge Time is similar to Measure Time. The screens
for Sample A and Sample B also look similar.

5-18 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS

5.13 ASSIGNING TAG NUMBERS


To assign tag, or identification, numbers to E09 TD-4100XD monitors, make changes in the Customer
Tag Number screen. At the Setup 2 screen, press “6” for Tag Number. The tag number set in this screen
does not affect the pre-programmed tag number set in the optional HART output system.

Use the keypad to enter a value in the New Value field.


Press ENT to accept it.

5.14 DEFINING TREND PLOT AXES


You can define x (time interval) and y (hydrocarbon concentration) axis limits for the Home screen Trend
and Statistics modes. The maximum time interval is 24 hours. The maximum hydrocarbon concentration
that can be displayed is 99,999.99. See Section 7.1.2 Home: Trend Mode for instructions on how to
scale the trend plot axes and statistics calculations to user-defined limits.

At the Setup 1 screen, press “4” for Trend.

Press “1” to set the time interval (x axis).

Press “2”–“5” to enter values for your chosen concentra-


tion units (y axis).

(Press “1”)

Input from 1–24 hours, and then press ENT.

(Press “2”)

Input a unit value, and then press ENT.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 5-19


Rev G User Manual
INITIAL START-UP AND SETTINGS E09 TD-4100XD

NOTE: All the maximum and minimum value screens look similar.

5-20 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
6 CALIBRATION

This chapter discusses each type of hydrocarbon calibration performed with the E09 TD-4100XD Oil In
Water Monitor. It also describes using TDHI specialist assistance during installation and calibration.

6.1 HYDROCARBON MEASUREMENT TYPES


The E09 TD-4100XD may be calibrated to provide qualitative, quantitative, or raw fluorescence
measurements of targeted hydrocarbons in water. The monitor can be calibrated directly or can be
correlated to a secondary method. Both situations can use up to 100 solutions or samples, although
direct calibration typically involves only two solutions.

Depending on your application, use one of the following three measurement methods.

6.1.1 CORRELATION CALIBRATION METHOD (PRODUCED WATER


APPLICATIONS)
Correlation calibration of the E09 TD-4100XD may be used for all applications but must be used where
blank water and / or pure hydrocarbon are unavailable. Applications that must use correlation calibration
include light and heavy crude oil and gas condensate in produced water, degasser discharges, and
crude oil tank bottoms.

Correlation calibration, as the name suggests, requires correlation of the E09 TD-4100XD raw readings
against the site-specific total oil and grease standard method. If no site-specific standard method exists,
Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends either the FastHEXTM Method or No-SolventTM
Method.
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

6.1.2 DIRECT CALIBRATION METHOD


(STEAM CONDENSATE AND COOLING WATER APPLICATIONS)
This method is used in applications where the actual concentration of fluorescent hydrocarbons in
the water sample is required and when blank water and pure hydrocarbon are available. This method
cannot be used for produced water applications.

The E09 TD-4100XD may be calibrated by a 1-point calibration method, using a high standard of known
concentration and a low standard containing no measurable hydrocarbon, or by a multipoint calibration
method using standards of known concentrations.

When the E09 TD-4100XD is calibrated for quantitative measurements, the system simply tracks
and displays the actual concentration of fluorescent hydrocarbons in water compared to known
concentrations (standards or constants) used to calibrate the instrument. The concentration of
fluorescent hydrocarbon is displayed as either ppm, ppb, RFU, %, or mg/L as defined by the user.

6.1.3 RAW FLUORESCENCE CALIBRATION METHOD


This method is most often used in environmental remediation applications when blank water and pure
hydrocarbon are not available. Raw fluorescence measurements demonstrate an upset condition but do
not provide quantitative information, although the fluorescent response of the fluorescent hydrocarbons
present in the sample is proportional to the fluorescent hydrocarbons concentration. The E09 TD-
4100XD response may be correlated to a secondary measurement method such as an oil and grease
measurement. If performed, this procedure is called a response calibration.

When the E09 TD-4100XD is calibrated for raw fluorescence measurements, the monitor simply
tracks and displays a relative fluorescence signal of targeted fluorescent hydrocarbons. The relative
concentration of fluorescent hydrocarbon is displayed as a dimensionless value. The qualitative
measurement also allows the TD-4100XD to be correlated against a secondary method (i.e. U.S. EPA
Method 413.1 Oil & Grease, U.S. EPA Method 1664 Hexane-Extractable Materials, infrared absorption,
or total petroleum hydrocarbons by gas chromatography).

NOTE: When calibrating the monitor, sensitivity is set with a representative process sample, which
contains the targeted fluorescent hydrocarbon.

6-2 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

6.1.4 SELECTING A CALIBRATION METHOD

Calibration Method Advantage Disadvantage Application


Correlation Calibration May be used when blank Requires lab analysis of May be used for all ap-
water or pure hydrocar- samples. plications.
bon are unavailable.
Requires several “live” Must be used in pro-
Preparation of standard samples within at least duced water applica-
calibration solution(s) is 50% of desired analysis tions.
not required. range.
1-Point Direct Calibration Target hydrocarbons are Requires preparation 1-Point calibration is
monitored relative to a of standard calibration the most accurate for
known standard calibra- solution. measuring absolute
tion point. concentration of target
Requires a “blank” con- hydrocarbons.
Target hydrocarbons taining no measurable
may be measured in hydrocarbon. 1-Point calibration sup-
reportable concentration ports regulatory report-
units. ing of target hydrocar-
bon concentrations.
Multipoint Direct Calibration Target hydrocarbons Requires the collection Multipoint calibration is
are monitored relative to and or preparation of mul- excellent when a “blank”
multiple known standard tiple calibration solutions. containing no measur-
calibration points. able hydrocarbons is
The hydrocarbons are be- unavailable.
Target hydrocarbons ing measured relative to a
can be calibrated using reference instrument, not Multipoint calibration
results from a secondary the absolute fluorescence. supports regulatory re-
reference method. porting of target hydro-
carbon concentrations.
Monitor calibration when
a “blank” containing no
measurable hydrocar-
bons is unavailable.

Monitor calibration may


be completed to monitor
the target hydrocarbon
within a range not close
to zero.
Raw Fluorescence Preparation of standard Target hydrocarbons Raw fluorescence is
calibration solution(s) is cannot be reported in excellent for trend moni-
not required. concentration units. toring. It allows tracking
of targeted hydrocar-
Target hydrocarbons are Alarms are activated rela- bons without the need to
measured relative to the tive to changes from set calibrate the system.
sample stream. values.

Target hydrocarbons are Monitor may not read zero


not measured in report- when no target hydrocar-
able concentration units. bons are present in the
sample stream.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-3


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

6.2 ASSISTED HYDROCARBON CALIBRATION


Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends new users and experienced users specify
application specialist assistance to ensure the monitor calibration meets project requirements.

To ensure application specialist availability for your calibration program, contact Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments at least one month prior to the anticipated calibration date. After being
contacted, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments will assign you an application specialist who will
provide assistance during your application calibration.

Upon being assigned your project, the application specialist will discuss in detail your Customer
Application Survey Form and the E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor Installation Form which will be
completed during the calibration program.

Prior to committing to travel, the application specialist will need to ensure the monitor startup is
complete and any work permits / training / travel arrangements are in place to meet your calibration
program time line.

6.2.1 ASSISTED CORRELATION CALIBRATION


If the application requires a correlation calibration, the application specialist will confirm:

1. The user’s perception of the application matches the Section 12.1 Customer Application
Survey and application data sheet including:
a. The source and type of hydrocarbon to be monitored.
b. The source and type of water to be monitored.
c. The instrument measurement range.
d. The calibration concentration(s).
e. Alarm concentrations.
f. The method used for bench-top oil & grease analysis.
2. Onsite availability of the instrument accessories purchased with the instrument, specifically the
calibration bottles and valves, cleaning brush, spare lamp, and fuses.
3. All supplies and equipment for the laboratory oil & grease analysis method will be present,
operational, and available during the calibration. A typical calibration will require 20 or more
grab sample analyses. However, supplies should be available for conducting 60 or more grab
sample analyses.
4. Trained personnel will be provided by the user or contract service provider who can run the
grab sample laboratory.
An applications specialist assisted correlation calibration application typically requires two to three
onsite days per monitor assuming the monitor startup is complete, live samples are available, and the
monitor installation complies with the design guidelines.

An applications specialist assisted correlation calibration commissioning (which includes startup and
calibration assistance, and training) typically requires three to four onsite days per monitor given the
same assumptions as above.

6.2.1.1 PRODUCED WATER APPLICATIONS

The calibration of the E09 TD-4100XD for produced water applications requires a Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments-approved laboratory grab sample analysis method for oil & grease
concentrations. Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments-approved laboratory oil & grease
measurement methods and equipment are listed below (the criterion for this list is the method’s ability to
correlate to oil & grease concentrations measured by the U.S. EPA 413.1 and U.S. EPA 1664 Methods):

6-4 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

1. Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments TD-360 FastHEXTM Method.


2. Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments TD-3100 FastHEXTM Method or No-SolventTM
Method.
3. Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments TD-500/D FastHEXTM Method or No-SolventTM
Method.
4. 10-AUTM Field Portable Fluorometer with FastHEXTM Method.
5. Horiba OCM Method with Horiba S-316 solvent.
6. Miram/Foxboro Freon/Infrared Absorbance Method.
7. U.S. EPA Method 413.2.
8. U.S. EPA Method 418.1.
9. U.S. EPA Method 1664 (this is not a field portable method).
10. U.S. EPA Method 413.1 (this is not a field portable method).
If the grab sample oil & grease concentrations at the site are currently being measured by a method
other than those listed above, please contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instrument regarding the
method’s suitability for the calibration. Please provide Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments with a
written procedure.

6.2.2 ASSISTED DIRECT CALIBRATION


If the application requires a direct calibration, the application specialist will confirm:

1. The user’s perception of the application matches the Section 12.1 Customer Application
Survey and application data sheet including:
a. The source and type of pure hydrocarbon to be monitored.
b. The source and type of blank water.
c. The instrument measurement range.
d. The calibration concentration(s).
e. Alarm concentrations.
2. The user or contract service provider will have onsite and available for use one-liter of 99% or
greater purity isopropanol (also called 2-propanol), and one-liter of purified water.
3. Onsite availability of the instrument accessories purchased with the instrument, specifically the
calibration bottes and valves, cleaning brush, spare lamp, and fuses. The calibration may also
require a grab sample.
An applications specialist assisted direct calibration application typically requires one onsite day
per monitor assuming the monitor startup is complete, live samples are available, and the monitor
installation complies with the design guidelines.

An applications specialist assisted direct calibration commissioning (which includes startup and
calibration assistance, and training) typically requires two onsite days per monitor given the same
assumptions as above.

6.2.3 ASSISTED RAW FLUORESCENCE MEASUREMENT


If the application requires raw fluorescence measurements, the applications specialist will confirm:

1. The user’s perception of the application matches the CUSTOMER APPLICATION SURVEY
and application data sheet including;
a. Source and type of hydrocarbons that may be in the water during upsets.
b. Source and type of water.
c. Alarm point(s).

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-5


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

2. The user or contract service provider will have onsite and available for use 1 liter of 99 % or
greater purity isopropanol (also called 2-propanol or isopropyl alcohol) and one liter of purified
water.
3. Onsite availability of instrument accessories purchased with the instrument, specifically the
calibration bottles and valves, calibration bottle valves, cleaning brush, spare lamp, and fuses.
An applications specialist assisted raw fluorescence calibration application requires one onsite day
assuming the monitor setup is complete, live samples are available, and the monitor installation
complies with the design guidelines.

An applications specialist assisted raw fluorescence calibration commissioning (which includes start-up,
calibration assistant, and training) typically requires two onsite days given the same assumptions as
above.

6.2.4 TRAINING
As calibration and commissioning assistance includes training of the personnel who will be involved with
all aspects of the instrument, these personnel will need to be present during portions or the entirety of
the commissioning. The user or contract service provider must provide trained personnel who can run
the laboratory grab sample oil & grease analysis during the commissioning.

Instrument Training typically covers:

1. Principle of Operation
2. Components of Instrument and Settings
3. Sample Flow System
4. Air Purge System, if equipped
5. Optical System
6. Electronic System
7. Instrument Calibration
8. Maintenance of Instrument
9. Documentation of Instrument Settings

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments provides both startup (for new users) and
calibration assistance (for new users and for experienced users developing new applications).

NOTE: For new users or experienced users wishing a high level of onsite support, Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments provides package pricing for startup and calibration assistance
(commissioning), as well as non-package pricing for onsite calibration assistance.

6.2.5 CALIBRATING WITHOUT APPLICATION SPECIALIST ASSISTANCE


Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments does not recommend that customers attempt to initially
calibrate the monitor without Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments’ assistance. Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments’ Service Department may be contacted at:

Tel: +1 559 253 1414, Fax: +1 559 253 1090


Email: service@oilinwatermonitors.com

6-6 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

6.3 USING THE CORRELATION CALIBRATION METHOD


The E09 TD-4100XD uses a linear calibration equation to convert its Raw Fluorescence readings into
oil concentration. For produced water applications, the calibration equation must be determined by
correlating the instrument’s Raw Fluorescence response to the oil concentration measured by a Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments-approved laboratory analysis method. Also, it is absolutely essential
to base the correlation on the Raw Fluorescence and oil concentration of “live” process samples. “Live”
samples are those flowing through the instrument directly from the water system process piping. Lab-
prepared samples, made by adding crude oil to produced water, are spectroscopically quite different
from live process fluids, and therefore cannot be used for calibrating the E09 TD-4100XD in produced
water service.

WARNING: This calibration method must be used for produced water.

To perform a correlation calibration, the E09 TD-4100XD monitor must record the fluorescence
response of water samples while collecting a series of water samples from the sample port. The oil
concentrations of the samples are measured by the lab. Several samples are required, typically 10-20,
with oil concentrations covering at least 50 % of your desired monitoring range.

There are four ways to obtain samples with a range of oil concentration.

• First, you can simply wait for the system to yield different oil concentrations during the normal course
of operations.
• Second, you can temporarily adjust process parameters to create samples with a variety of oil
concentrations. Typical parameters include such things as treating chemical concentration, flotation
cell skim levels, number of active agitators, etc.
• Third, you may also be able to blend variable percentages of upstream fluids (with high oil
concentration) with the effluent of your final oil/water separator. This approach works best when
the oil concentration of the upstream fluids is no more than 2-3 times the oil concentration of the
final effluent. This approach also works best when the blending is done online. Attempting to blend
samples in an external container usually results in poor correlation due to sampling errors.
• Last, you can create low or zero concentration samples by extracting the sample as described in
Section 6.5.1—Artificially Creating A Low Concentration Standard (Optional). This last method is the
least desirable, but must be used in some situations where there is no other method to adjust the
concentration.
After the fluorescence and oil concentration values are recorded and entered for two or more samples,
the monitor performs a linear or non-linear regression to produce a calibration equation relating
fluorescence to oil concentration. A typical set of data is shown in Figure 6.5.1 Correlation Scatter Plot.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-7


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

The regression also produces a correlation coefficient, R2, which is used to determine the quality of the
correlation. R2 ranges from 0 to 1. An R2 value of 0 indicates no correlation between the two measured
values. An R2 value of 1 indicates perfect correlation. Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments
recommends a minimum R2 value of 0.80. If your measurements do not achieve this, collect additional
samples over a broader range of oil concentration.

Once an acceptable correlation is obtained, the E09 TD-4100XD monitor uses the computed correlation
calibration to relate the measured fluorescence to a predict oil concentration. The E09 TD-4100XD
performs all of the appropriate calculations. Alternatively, if one knows the calibration line constants,
then these may be directly programmed into the E09 TD-4100XD. Note that the constants are unique to
every monitor and every application.

To begin the correlation calibration, adjust the treatment process so that you obtain a higher
hydrocarbon in water concentration. Note that the expected hydrocarbon in water concentration should
still be within the instrument’s desired measurement range.

NOTE: When you view the calibration screens, the monitor displays the worst-fit data set in red. You
may choose to discard it. The monitor will continue to display each worst-fit data point of the set.
However, if you discard all such data points, the resulting calibration will be linear (two-point).

1. Press the Setup button.

6-8 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

2. Press “1” for the Calibration screen.


3. Enter the user-level access code at the prompt. ENT key
press is not required.

Note: After 15 minutes of inactivity, access will time out,


and you must re-enter the code to continue.

4. If your monitor has a sample switch, press “1” for Stream


A or “2” for Stream B.

WARNING: Resetting Calibration (“2”) will delete all saved


standards. TDHI recommends removing the TD-USB to
preserve the backed up standards files. See Section 5.4.1
About TD-USB Synchronization.

5. Press “1” for Calibrate

6. The Input Analysis Range screen appears. Enter the


span for the desired range in the New Value field or
press → to cycle through the choices for concentration
units. RFU is not a valid unit for measuring
concentration. Press ENT to save changes.
7. Press ENT again to continue.

8. Set the AVS control to OFF, and clean the optical


windows.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-9


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

9. Set the AVS control to AUTO.

10. Press “1” to add new standards to your analysis range

A new standard appears in a list of one or more standards.

11. Press ENT to save a new RFU reading.

12. While the monitor is averaging a new reading, carefully


obtain a live grab sample for laboratory oil and grease
analysis.

6-10 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

13. A new reading is averaged over a 10-second duration.

14. To save the RFU reading, leave the New Value field
blank, and then press ENT. The concentration can
be entered at a later date, when it is known after
measurement. You can save up to 100 readings.

15. Label your grab sample (Step 12) with the


corresponding standard number and RFU reading.

16. Complete the laboratory oil in water analysis and record


the reading for each grab sample in a data sheet next to
the grab sample number and RFU reading.

17. Return to the Hydrocarbon Calibration Standards


screen. Use the ↑ and ↓ keys to navigate the standards
list.
18. For each standard, press ENT to add (edit) the oil
concentration value from your laboratory analysis.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-11


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

19. In the New Value field, input the corresponding value


from the laboratory oil in water analysis, and then press
ENT.

20. Repeat steps 17-19 for all your saved RFU readings.
21. When you have entered all the measured oil
concentration values, press → to see the linear and non-
linear calibration graphs.

Note that non-linear calibration requires at least three


data points.

To view linear calibration screens

1. At the Hydrocarbon Calibration Standards screen,


press → .
2. Press → to view constants.
3. Press ENT to view Non-Linear Calibration screen.

4. Press → to return to standards (Hydrocarbon Calibration


screen).

To view non-linear calibration screens

1. Press → to view constants.


2. Press ENT to view Linear Calibration screen.

6-12 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

3. Press → to return to standards (Hydrocarbon Calibration


screen).

If the linear or non-linear graph shows a red data point that clearly looks like it is not appropriate, the
data point may be eliminated in the calibration data screen with the [←] key.

NOTE: The calibration type (linear or non-linear) will be set to the last type viewed on the monitor.
Toggling [ENT] will cycle through linear and non-linear. Unless the data clearly shows a better fit for a
non-linear calibration, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends a linear calibration.

To view the Hydrocarbon Calibration Review screen

Press any function key to see the Hydrocarbon Calibration


Review screen. Calibration data can be exported from the
datalog file on the TD-USB drive. See Section 7.11 Restoring
the Monitor from Setup Files for information on exporting
data.

The data should span at least 50 percent of the


measurement range. The r-squared value should be greater
than 0.8

6.3.1 SETTING THE CHECKPOINT TM SOLID STANDARD

NOTE: Monitors with the BTEX optical kit or other special optical kits may not be able to use the
CheckPOINT™ Solid Standard.

Prior to setting the CheckPOINT™ solid standard, isolate the monitor sample stream to permit insertion
of the CheckPOINT™.

To permit evaluation of monitor stability over time and periodic testing of the sample-level alarm
functionality, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends setting the CheckPOINT™ solid
standard just above the configured High Alarm level.

1. Set AVS to “CLOSE VALVE’ and clean the optical


windows.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-13


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

2. Install the CheckPOINT™ as described in Section 6.6


Using the CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard.

3. If your monitor has E09 operating system 130219 (Rev.


C), note that reading on the HOME screen, as shown
in the adjacent picture. Compare this reading to the
desired CheckPOINT setpoint.

4. If your monitor has E09 operating systems 120524


(Rev. A) or 120622 (Rev. B), then you must go to the
appropriate hydrocarbon calibration screen in the
diagnostic screens to view the current reading of the
CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard. Press the DIAG key
repeatedly to navigate to the appropriate screen. The
current reading is shown in blue.

5. Adjust the CheckPOINT™ to read the desired setpoint.


This is a trial and error adjustment.

6-14 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

6. Reinsert the CheckPOINT™ and check the value.


Continue adjustment and checking.
7. Adjust the CheckPOINT™ to read the desired setpoint.
The setting does not need to be exactly at the desired
value.
8. Check the HOME or DIAG screen reading of the
CheckPOINT™.
9. Lock the CheckPOINT™ setting as described in Section
6.6 Using the CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard.
10. Check the HOME screen reading of the CheckPOINT™
11. Reinstate normal flow through the monitor, and install
the sticky label with the reading and date on the
CheckPOINT™ handle.
12. Complete the Commissioning Checklist, maintain the
original in your instrument files, and forward a copy to
Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments.

6.3.2 ARTIFICIALLY CREATING A LOW CONCENTRATION STANDARD


(OPTIONAL)
A low concentration standard can optionally be prepared by extracting a large volume of produced water
with a suitable extraction solvent and then employing the remaining water sample as a standard. Do not
use any solvent which has aromatic hydrocarbons, such as toluene or xylenes. Seawater or tap water
will not produce the same response on the E09 TD-4100XD as created blank water and should not be
used as a blank for produced water. Below is a procedure for creating an artificial low standard solution.

1. Collect a produced water sample in a 1 liter glass bottle with a Teflon-lined cap or 1 liter
separatory funnel, filling the bottle or separatory funnel about ¾ full.
2. Add 10 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid to the produced water sample.
3. Add about 100 mL of n-hexane or other suitable extraction solvent.
4. Place the cap the bottle or lid on the separator funnel.
5. Vigorously shake the solutions while periodically venting the bottle or separatory funnel. Shake
the solutions for two minutes.
6. Allow the bottle to stand to allow the solvent layer to thoroughly separate from the water.
7. Drain the extracted water sample into the calibration solution syringe. If the extraction solvent
is heavier than water, then you can first drain the solvent layer and discard the solvent layer. If
the extraction solvent is lighter than water, you will need to collect the extracted water sample
from the bottom of the bottle or separatory funnel. Discard the extraction solvent.
8. The blank produced water sample is now available for calibration of the E09 TD- 4100XD.
If the monitor is equipped with an automatic cleaning system, then the flow cell must be isolated and
vented prior to injection of the low concentration solution.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-15


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

6.4 USING THE DIRECT CALIBRATION METHOD


Before performing a direct calibration, you must prepare calibration standard solutions. Section 6.4.3
Preparing Calibration Standard Solutions for solution preparation instructions.

NOTE: This calibration method is not applicable to produced water. DO NOT USE THIS METHOD FOR
PRODUCED WATER. For recommendations on the best calibration method, contact Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments.

As shown in the following procedure, navigate to the Hydrocarbon Calibration Screen and select Stream
A or Stream B (Stream B is not available unless a Sample Switch is installed).

When you choose to Calibrate, you will be prompted to input a measurement range of the monitor.
Range refers to the hydrocarbon concentration limits you wish to monitor. For example, if you need to
measure up to 10 ppm of hydrocarbon, you must enter a range of 0–10. You must use units other than
RFU.

After you have established an analysis range, you can choose to work with standards or constants. If
you have a Sample Switch installed, you can use the Enter Constants screen to copy constants from
one stream to the other. However, in all cases involving constants, you need to know the constants
beforehand, which typically means using constants previously determined on the particular monitor.

For linear situations, only two calibration points are necessary. However, for non-linear situations,
multiple points covering the range of measurement will be necessary. When a sufficient number of
standards have been recorded by the monitor, you can view the results in the Linear or Non-Linear
Calibration screens. If using more than two points, you should evaluate whether a linear or non-
linear calibration equation produces a better regression coefficient, the r-squared value. A r-squared
value of 1 indicates perfect linearity, which is almost never achieved, and any r-squared value over
0.80 is acceptable. Unless the data clearly is non-linear, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments
recommends a linear calibration equation.

An offset correction allows you to adjust the analysis range for the natural presence of fluorescence
in water. Enter the known value for natural fluorescence at the Hydrocarbon Calibration screen. For
example, an offset adjustment of 5 ppm would adjust a 35 ppm reading to 30 ppm. The offset is not
affected by firmware computations.

Prior to completing the calibration sequences, isolate the monitor sample stream and allow the first in-
line bubble trap column to drain through the in-line bubble trap drain valve.

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends using a high standard concentration
equal to the analog output high limit value, and confirming linearity of response using a prepared
sample at the high warning (sample level) alarm point.

Use the keypad for the following steps.

1. Press the Setup button.

6-16 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

2. Press “1” for the Calibration screen.


3. Enter the user-level access code at the prompt. ENT
key press is not required.

NOTE: After 15 minutes of inactivity, access will time


out, and you must re-enter the code to continue.

4. If your monitor has a sample switch, press “1” for


Stream A or “2” for Stream B.

WARNING: Resetting Calibration (“2”) will delete all saved


standards. TDHI recommends removing the TD-USB to
preserve the backed up standards files. See Section 5.4.1
About TD-USB Synchronization.

5. Press “1” for Calibrate.

6. The Input Analysis Range screen appears. Enter a


desired value in the New Value field or press → to cycle
through the choices for concentration units. RFU is not
a valid unit for measuring concentration.
7. Press ENT again to continue.

8. Set AVS to OFF and clean the optical windows.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-17


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

9. Place the prepared standard solution bottle in the


calibration valve.

To measure standards

1. Press “1” to measure standards.

2. A new standard appears in a list of one or more


standards.

3. Set AVS to ‘OPEN VALVE’ to flow the calibration


solution.

6-18 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

4. Open the standard solution calibration bottle valve.

5. Allow about half the bottle to flow through the flow cell.
Press ENT.

6. A new reading is averaged over a 10-second duration.

7. Input the standard solution concentration in the New


Value field, and then press ENT. If the standard solution
concentration is not known at the moment, it may be
entered later.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-19


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

8. Press ↑ or ↓ to select an existing standard.


9. Press ENT to add another standard.
10. Press → to see the Linear Calibration Screen.
11. Press one of the function keys to exit calibration. The
Hydrocarbon Calibration Review screen appears
.

To enter constants

If the constants are known from a previous calibration, then you can enter them directly. Note that
certain maintenance and repairs on the monitor might cause a new calibration to have different con-
stants.

1. Press “2” to enter constants.

2. Choose a menu item to enter on the keypad. Option 4


is only available if you have the sample switch installed.

For linear calibrations, the “A” value must be zero (0).

3. Enter a value, and then press ENT to continue. The


screen for constant C is similar.

6-20 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

To view linear calibration screens

1. At the Hydrocarbon Calibration Standards screen,


press → .
2. Press → to view constants.
3. If needed, press ENT to view Non-Linear Calibration
screen.

NOTE: If only two points are used, then linear


calibration is always assumed. Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends linear
calibration unless the data clearly do not fit a linear
calibration equation.

4. Press → to return to standards (Hydrocarbon


Calibration screen).

To view non-linear calibration screens

Note that if only two standards are used, the non-linear calibration option is disabled.

1. Press → to view constants.


2. Press ENT to view Linear Calibration screen.

3. Press → to return to standards (Hydrocarbon


Calibration screen).

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-21


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

6.4.1 HYDROCARBON CALIBRATION REVIEW SCREEN


Press any of the function keys to leave calibration mode. The Hydrocarbon Calibration Review appears
and displays a summary of calibration data. Real-time RFU and oil concentration values appear in the
blue outlined box if the stream is currently being monitored.

Hydrocarbon Calibration screen

6.4.2 SETTING THE CHECKPOINT TM SOLID STANDARD

NOTE: The CheckPOINT™ Solid Standard is not compatible with some instrument optical
configurations.

Prior to setting the CheckPOINT™ solid standard, isolate the monitor sample stream to permit insertion
of the CheckPOINT™.

To permit evaluation of monitor stability over time and periodic testing of the sample-level alarm
functionality, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends setting the CheckPOINT™ solid
standard just above the configured High Alarm level.

1. Set AVS to “CLOSE VALVE’ and clean the optical


windows.

2. Install the CheckPOINT™ as described in Section 6.6


Using the CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard.

6-22 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

3. If your monitor has E09 operating system 130219 (Rev.


C), note that reading on the HOME screen, as shown
in the adjacent picture. Compare this reading to the
desired CheckPOINT setpoint.

4. If your monitor has E09 operating systems 120524


(Rev. A) or 120622 (Rev. B), then you must go to the
appropriate hydrocarbon calibration screen in the
diagnostic screens to view the current reading of the
CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard. Press the DIAG key
repeatedly to navigate to the appropriate screen. The
current reading is shown in blue.

5. Adjust the CheckPOINT™ to read the High Alarm


concentration.

6. Reinsert the CheckPOINT™ and check the value.


Continue adjustment and checking.
7. Adjust until the required High Alarm concentration ± 2%
is set.
8. Check the HOME or DIAG screen reading of the
CheckPOINT™.
9. Reinstate normal flow through the monitor, and install
the sticky label with the reading and date on the
CheckPOINT™ handle.
10. Complete the Commissioning Checklist and
Commissioning Record Sheet. Maintain the originals
in your instrument files, and forward copies to Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-23


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

6.4.3 PREPARING CALIBRATION STANDARD SOLUTIONS

NOTE: Standard solutions preparation is not applicable for produced water or correlation calibration
applications.

0-20 ppm calibration of the monitor

Prepare a 1000 ppm stock concentration solution by diluting 100 µL of the hydrocarbon into 100 mL
total volume of 99 % or higher purity 2-propanol (also called isopropanol or isopropyl alcohol).

20-200 ppm calibration of the monitor

Prepare a 10,000 ppm stock concentration solution by diluting 1000 µL of the hydrocarbon into 100
mL total volume of 99 % or higher purity 2-propanol (also called isopropanol or isopropyl alcohol).

Figure 6.4.3.1

Collect or prepare a sample of the hydrocar-


bon of interest.

Obtain 99 % or greater purity 2-propanol (also


called isopropanol or isopropyl alcohol).

NOTE: Rubbing alcohol (76 % purity) is not


acceptable.

NOTE: You may need to heat the target hy-


drocarbon to allow it to be pipetted easily.

Figure 6.4.3.2

Tools required (available in TD-500D Calibra-


tion Kit, Part Number 100367) include:

1. 10 mL graduated cylinder.
2. 100-1000 µL micropipette and disposable
tips.
3. 10–100 µL micropipette and disposable
tips.
4. 100 mL volumetric flask with stopper.

Other tools you may need (not included with


TD-500D Calibration Kit):

1. Ultrasonic bath (necessary for crude oils,


lubricating oils, and other oils that do not
dissolve into 2-propanol).
2. 250 mL beaker to permit transfer of the
1,000-ppm stock concentration solution
into the 1 US Gallon High Calibration
Standard bottle.

6-24 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

Figure 6.4.3.3

Transfer approximately 90 mL of 2-propanol


to the 100 mL volumetric flask.

Figure 6.4.3.4

0-20 ppm calibration

Mount a 200 µL disposable tip on the 10–100


µL micropipette.

20-200 ppm calibration

Mount a 1000 µL disposable tip on the


100–1000 µL micropipette.

Figure 6.4.3.5

0-20 ppm calibration

Adjust 10–100 µL micropipette to draw 100


µL.

20-200 ppm calibration

Adjust 100-1000 µL micropipette to draw 1000


µL.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-25


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 6.4.3.6

0-20 ppm calibration

Pipette 100 µL of pure hydrocarbon.

20-200 ppm calibration

Pipette 1000 µL of pure hydrocarbon.

Figure 6.4.3.7

0-20 ppm calibration

Transfer the 100 µL pipette to the volumet-


ric flask containing approximately 90 mL of
2-propanol.

20-200 ppm calibration

Transfer the 1000 µL pipette to the volumet-


ric flask containing approximately 90 mL of
2-propanol.

Figure 6.4.3.8

Top up the 100 µL volumetric flask with 2-pro-


panol to the 100 mL mark.

6-26 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

Figure 6.4.3.9

Install the 100 mL volumetric flask stopper


and shake the flask to dissolve the pure hy-
drocarbon in the 2 propanol.

NOTE: If the pure hydrocarbon does not dis-


solve easily, it may be necessary to use an
ultrasonic bath to disperse the pure hydrocar-
bon in the 2-propanol.

0-20 ppm calibration

You now have a 1000-ppm stock concentra-


tion solution.

20-200 ppm calibration

You now have a 10,000-ppm stock concentra-


tion solution.

NOTE: The stock solution may be stored for


no more than 24 hours if tightly capped. If an
ultrasonic bath was needed to disperse the
hydrocarbon into the 2-propanol, the stock
solution must be used immediately.

Figure 6.4.3.10

0-20 ppm calibration

Transfer the 1000-ppm stock solution to the


250 mL beaker to permit transfer of the 1000-
ppm stock concentration solution into the 1
US Gallon Calibration Solution bottle.

20-200 ppm calibration

Transfer the 10,000-ppm stock solution to the


250 mL beaker to permit transfer of the 1000-
ppm stock concentration solution into the 1
US Gallon Calibration Solution bottle.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-27


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 6.4.3.11

Overfill the Blank Solution bottle (above the 1


US Gallon mark) and under fill the Calibration
Solution bottle (below the 1 US Gallon mark)
with the site’s blank water.

Figure 6.4.3.12

Insert a 10 mL disposable pipette into the 10-


mL pipette helper.

0-20 ppm calibration

To prepare a 1 US Gallon of High Calibration Standard, dilute the following volumes of 1000 ppm stock
solution into 1 US Gallon of the site’s blank water.
High Cal. 100 ppb 500 ppb 1 ppm 5 ppm 10 ppm 15 ppm 20 ppm
Std.

1000 ppm 0.38 mL 1.9 mL 3.8 mL 18.9 mL 37.9 mL 56.8 mL 75.7 mL


stock

20-200 ppm calibration

To prepare a 1 US Gallon of High Calibration Solution, dilute the following volumes of 10,000 ppm
stock solution into 1 US Gallon of the site’s blank water.
High Cal. 20 ppm 25 ppm 50 ppm 75 ppm 100 ppm 150 ppm 200 ppm
Standard

10,000 ppm 7.6 mL 9.5 mL 18.9 mL 28.4 mL 37.9 mL 56.8 mL 75.7 mL


stock

6-28 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

Figure 6.4.3.13

0-20 ppm calibration

Pipette the volume of 1000 ppm stock solu-


tion, noted in the table above, to prepare your
required High Calibration Standard.

NOTE: For a 10 ppm High Calibration Stan-


dard, transfer 3 x 10 mL plus 1 x 7.9 mL for a
total of 37.9 mL.

20-200 ppm calibration

Pipette the volume of 10,000 ppm stock solu-


tion, noted in the table above, to prepare your
required High Calibration Standard.

NOTE: For a 100 ppm High Calibration Stan-


dard, transfer 3 x 10 mL plus 1 x 7.9 mL for a
total of 37.9 mL.

Figure 6.4.3.14

Top up the Calibration Solution bottle to the 1


US Gallon mark with site water from the Blank
Solution bottle.

Figure 6.4.3.15

Install the Calibration Solution bottle cap and


shake the bottle to mix the calibration solu-
tion.

You now have your Calibration Solution and


Blank Solution bottles.

NOTE: The prepared Calibration Solution


should be used within 30 minutes of prepa-
ration. If storage longer than 30 minutes is
necessary, store the calibration solution in
a glass stopped container, not in the plastic
calibration bottle.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-29


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

0-20 ppm calibration

To prepare 4 L of High Calibration Standard, dilute the following volumes of 1000 ppm stock solution
into 4 L of the site’s blank water.

High Cal. 100 ppb 500 ppb 1 ppm 5 ppm 10 ppm 15 ppm 20 ppm
Std.
1000 ppm 0.4 mL 2.0 mL 4.0 mL 20.0 mL 40.0 mL 60.0 mL 80.0 mL
stock

20-200 ppm calibration

To prepare a 4 L High Calibration Standard, dilute the following volumes of 10,000 ppm stock solution
into 4 L of the site’s blank water.
High Cal. 20 ppm 25 ppm 50 ppm 75 ppm 100 ppm 150 ppm 200 ppm
Std.
10,000 ppm 8.0 ml 10.0 ml 20.0 ml 30.0 ml 40.0 ml 60.0 ml 80.0 ml
stock

6.5 USING THE RAW FLUORESCENCE METHOD


This method is suitable for applications where blank water does not exist, a calibration solution cannot
be created, or concentration information is not desired or possible. Raw fluorescence indicates trends
rather than a concentration. The monitor is set to display RFU by default. Higher numbers indicate more
contamination and lower numbers indicate less contamination.

Raw fluorescence calibration should only be used when the monitor is in the default calibration mode.
Make sure the calibration has been reset to default, which produces a linear measurement. Do not use
non-linear calibration in raw fluorescence mode. The non-linear calibration equation is not available in
the raw fluorescence mode.

Home: Normal screen for monitor with Sample Switch


installed.

If the monitor is set to display calibration units, press “6” at the Home: Normal screen to switch the
sample stream reading to a raw fluorescence reading (the screen reverts in 10 seconds). You can also
set the monitor display units to RFU in the Hydrocarbon Calibration screens.

6-30 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

Make changes to the monitor display units as well as the


analysis range in the Input Analysis Range screen (Setup
1 menu). Input a value in the New Value field or press
→ to cycle through the concentration unit types. Press
ENT to accept changes. Do not use any units other than
RFU for the raw fluorescence mode. The default range
is 0–100 RFU, although the monitor can measure up to
10,000 RFU.

For more information, see Section 5.6 Setting Monitor


Display Units.
Alarm set points can be established in the instrument based upon RFU readings.

Make changes to alarm settings in the appropriate alarm


screen, for example, Hi Alarm A, in the Setup 1 menu.
See Section 5.7 Configuring Alarms and Relays for set-
ting alarm levels and delay periods.

6.5.1 SETTING THE CHECKPOINT TM SOLID STANDARD

NOTE: The CheckPOINT™ Solid Standard is not compatible with some instrument optical
configurations.

Prior to setting the CheckPOINT™ solid standard, isolate the monitor sample stream to permit insertion
of the CheckPOINT™.

To permit evaluation of monitor stability over time and periodic testing of the sample-level alarm
functionality, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends setting the CheckPOINT™ solid
standard just above the configured High Alarm level.

1. Set AVS to “CLOSE VALVE’ and clean the optical


windows.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-31


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

2. Install the CheckPOINT™ as described in Section 6.6


Using the CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard.

3. If your monitor has E09 operating system 130219 (Rev.


C), note that reading on the HOME screen, as shown
in the adjacent picture. Compare this reading to the
desired CheckPOINT setpoint.

4. If your monitor has E09 operating systems 120524


(Rev. A) or 120622 (Rev. B), then you must go to the
appropriate hydrocarbon calibration screen in the
diagnostic screens to view the current reading of the
CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard. Press the DIAG key
repeatedly to navigate to the appropriate screen. The
current reading is shown in blue.

5. Adjust the CheckPOINT™ to read the High Alarm


concentration.

6-32 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

6. Reinsert the CheckPOINT™ and check the value.


Continue adjustment and checking.
7. Adjust until the required High Alarm concentration ± 2%
is set.
8. Check the HOME or DIAG screen reading of the
CheckPOINT™.
9. Reinstate normal flow through the monitor, and install
the sticky label with the reading and date on the
CheckPOINT™ handle.
10. Complete the Commissioning Checklist and
Commissioning Record Sheet. Maintain the originals
in your instrument files, and forward copies to Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments.

6.6 USING THE CHECKPOINT TM SOLID STANDARD


The E09 TD-4100XD Online Monitor requires periodic calibration or response checks to ensure
accurate performance.

The solid standard can rapidly check the performance of the instrument without the need to prepare
standard solutions. You may also use it to check instrument stability.

Simply turn off the sample flow to the E09 TD-4100XD, install the solid standard, and read the value on
the HOME screen. The value is compared to the setpoint for the solid standard which is obtained in the
instructions for using the solid standard.

1. Tune and calibrate (if required) the E09 TD-4100XD.


2. Turn off the water flow to the EZ Access Falling Stream Flow Cell. Allow the flow through the
cell to stop.

WARNING: Wear UV Protective Glasses (Polycarbonate Safety Glasses).

Figure 6.6.1 Sample block and door

3. Remove the door from the EZ Access Falling


Stream Flow Cell. Ensure that there is no water
exiting the sample inlet tube. If there are water drops
present, soak them up with a clean tissue.

NOTE: If water droplets are allowed to gather on the solid standard, your readings may be
inaccurate and/or unstable.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-33


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 6.6.2 Solid standard

4. Remove the solid standard from its storage case.


Observe the slit in the solid standard to ensure
that approximately half of the optical fiber is visible.
Exposing half of the optical fiber is a good starting
point.

Figure 6.6.3 Setscrew

5. If half of the optical fiber is not exposed,


loosen the locking setscrew on the side of
the solid standard with a 3/32” Allen Wrench
(provided). Now turn the attenuation screw
with the Allen Wrench as demonstrated in
Figure 6.6.2 Adjust the screw until half of the
optical fiber is exposed.

Figure 6.6.4 Door thumbscrew

6. Install the solid standard into the flow cell


and tighten the thumb screw to secure it in
position.
7. Once the solid standard is positioned in the
flow cell, allow the instrument to stabilize for
20-30 seconds.

Figure 6.6.5 Home screen

8. After the reading has stabilized, record the


value of the CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard.
If your monitor has E09 operating system
130219 (Rev. C), note that reading on the
HOME screen, as shown in the adjacent
picture. Compare this reading to the desired
CheckPOINTTM setpoint.

6-34 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

Figure 6.6.6 Hydrocarbon Calibration screen

9. If your monitor has E09 operating systems


120524 (Rev. A) or 120622 (Rev. B), then
you must go to the appropriate hydrocarbon
calibration screen in the diagnostic
screens to view the current reading of the
CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard. Press the
DIAG key repeatedly to navigate to the
appropriate screen. The current reading is
shown in blue.

NOTE: With some optical filter kits (e.g. mixed fuel filter kit), the HOME screen may display a
response greater than 3000. To achieve a proper response, turn the attenuation screw clockwise until
only 15-25% of the optical fiber is exposed.

10. Remove the solid standard and adjust the attenuation screw to either increase or decrease the
exposure of the optical fiber until the solid standard provides a signal equivalent to the mid-
point calibration or response for the instrument.

NOTE: By adjusting the locking setscrew so that it barely makes contact with the attenuation screw,
the solid standard can be adjusted with greater precision.

NOTE: The TD-4100 solid standard is equipped with both a long and short attenuation screw. It ships
from the factory with the long screw installed as the “primary” attenuation screw. The short screw is
stored next to the primary attenuation screw (See Figure 6.6.5).

11. Determine which attenuation screw is required for your application as follows: Use the long
screw when 50-100% of the optical fiber must be attenuated (covered). Use the short screw
when 0-50% of the optical fiber must be attenuated (covered).

If you try to expose more than 50% of the optical fiber with the long attenuation screw, the
screw will extend beyond the outer radius of the solid standard. This may prevent you from
installing the solid standard into the flow cell and could damage the solid standard or flow cell.

Figure 6.6.7 Attenuation screws

Backup attenuation screw

Primary attenuation screw

NOTE: Never allow the long or short attenuation


screw to stick out beyond the body of the solid
standard.

12. Once the attenuation screw is properly adjusted, gently lock it into position with the locking
setscrew.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-35


Rev G User Manual
CALIBRATION E09 TD-4100XD

NOTE: Do not overtighten the locking setscrew. Over-tightening will damage the attenuation screw
and can change the reading of your solid standard.

13. Install the solid standard into the flow cell to obtain a final reading.
14. Write the Solid Standard response on one of the enclosed round stickers along with Instrument
Serial Number, the date of test and tester’s initials. Place sticker on Thumbscrew.
15. Record these values as well on the CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard Calibration Record, which
follows these instructions.
16. Remove the solid standard and place it in its storage container. This will ensure that dust will
not collect on the optical fiber which could alter your readings.
17. Re-install the door on the EZ Access Falling Stream Flow Cell.
18. You may now resume online monitoring with the E09 TD-4100XD.
19. You may use the solid standard at any time to check the stability of the instrument. Simply turn
off the sample flow to the E09 TD-4100XD, install the solid standard, and read the value on the
HOME screen as described earlier. The value should be similar to the original value that the
solid standard measured in Step 12.

6-36 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CALIBRATION

6.6.1 CHECKPOINT TM SOLID STANDARD CALIBRATION RECORD

Date Instrument Serial No. Calibration Reference Comments


Standard Standard
Concentration Concentration

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 6-37


Rev G User Manual
7 OPERATIONS

This chapter describes common operations performed with the E09 TD-4100XD and methods for
reviewing monitor data in the Home and Diagnostic screens. The following topics are included in this
chapter.

7.1 HOME SCREEN


For start-up information and a general description of the E09 TD-4100XD keypad, see Section 5.3 The
E09 TD-4100XD Keypad. This section describes information and actions available in the Home screen
modes.

The Home screen can be accessed after the power-up sequence (described in Section 5.4 Typical
Initial Start-up Sequence) or by pressing the Home key. You can toggle between three modes—Normal,
Trend, and Statistics—by pressing the forward and backward arrows or pressing the Home key again.

Figure 7.1.1. Home screen modes

NOTE: Default user values:


Oil concentration range 0-100 ppm
4-20 mA settings are 0 and 100
Time period is 1 hour
Trend scaling is the default user settings
OPERATIONS E09 TD-4100XD

7.1.1 HOME: NORMAL MODE


This section describes the Home screen display in normal mode as well as the use of the special action
keys.

With a sample switch installed, monitoring information


is displayed for both streams A and B. The stream being
actively monitored appears in black letters. The stream not
monitored appears in gray.

Datalog at the top right corner indicates data logging is on.

A red line across the measurement bar designates a High


alarm set point.

Numbers at the ends of the measurement bar designate 4


mA and 20 mA scaling values.

Other indicators display Lamp Status (OK/Replace),


Sample Switch Timer (if installed), and USB Status Indica-
tor (OK/No TD-USB).
The Alarm Indicator appears as red bars at the top and bot-
tom of the Home screen when alarms are active.

Note: Alarms can be latched or unlatched. Unlatched


alarms disappear as soon as the alarm condition is no
longer met. Latched alarms remain active until you press
the ENT key.

The following alarm codes might appear in the bottom red


bar:

COM—Serial link to XD mother-board not operating.


HV—PMT high-voltage < 100 V or > 1000 V (3 min)
RPM—Chopper motor RPM < 500 or > 650 (2 min)
LAMP—Lamp error (installed longer than six months or
uncertainty too high)
HiHi-A —High High concentration alarm - Sample A
HiHi-B—High High concentration alarm - Sample B
HI-A—High concentration alarm - Sample A
HI-B—High concentration alarm - Sample B
ZERO-A—Zero alarm - Sample A
ZERO-B—Zero alarm - Sample B
T-LAMP—Lamp housing temperature > 60°C
T-ENC—Enclosure temperature > 49°C
AUTO V—Pressure < 5 psi [34 kPa(g)] at the sample inlet

7-2 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPERATIONS

Normal Mode Special Action Keys


Switch water flow between Sample Stream A and Sample Stream B. (Sample
Switch must be installed.)

1. If monitoring Sample A, the Sample A reading and the associated 4-20 mA


value are frozen.
2. The Sample Switch switches Sample B through the measurement cell.
3. The Sample B reading field displays the word “Switching” until the user-
programmed purge time for Sample B has expired.
4. The Sample B reading reports the Sample B oil concentration for the
Sample B measure time.
5. When the Sample B measure time expires, the instrument switches back to
Sample A and the user-programmed sample switching sequence resumes.
6. If the user presses [A↔B] before the Sample B purge or measure time
expires, the instrument switches back to Sample A.
Allows temporary viewing of RFU for the sample streams. Press the action key
again or wait 10 seconds to return to calibration units.

Allows for safe removal of the USB drive from the instrument. If this button is not
pressed there is the chance the USB is removed while writing to the drive and
the USB key can be damaged so that it no longer works.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 7-3


Rev G User Manual
OPERATIONS E09 TD-4100XD

Displays a “Help” screen that describes the special action keys for the Normal
Mode Home screen.

Press ESC again or wait 10 seconds to exit.

7.1.2 HOME: TREND MODE

In Trend Mode the Home screen displays measurements of the currently monitored stream as a graph.
The Y-axis scaling shows the auto-scale value or user-defined maximum. The X-axis scaling plots
measurements over a 1-hour (default) or a user-defined period.

Trend Mode Special Action Keys

Toggles the trend line width (1 pixel ↔ 3 pixels).

Displays the accumulated trend plot for the sample stream that is not currently being
monitored. (Sample Switch must be installed.)

Toggles trend plot y-axis between auto-scale and a user-defined scale.

Toggles trend plot x-axis between auto-scale and a user-defined scale.

Displays a “Help” screen that describes the special action keys for the Trend Mode Home
screen. Press ESC or wait 10 seconds to exit.

7-4 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPERATIONS

7.1.3 HOME: STATISTICS MODE

In Statistics Mode the Home screen displays the trending information as well as a table of current, average, minimum, and
maximum measurements for the sample stream.

Statistics Mode Special Action Keys

Displays the accumulated trend plot statistics for the sample stream that is not currently
being monitored. (Sample Switch must be installed.)

Toggles trend plot y-axis between auto-scale and a user-defined scale.

Toggles trend plot x-axis between auto-scale and a user-defined scale.

Displays a “Help” screen that describes the special action keys for the Statistics Mode
Home screen.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 7-5


Rev G User Manual
OPERATIONS E09 TD-4100XD

7.2 ROUTINE UNIT TOURS


During normal operation of the monitor, the AVS switch must always be in the AUTO position. Never
place the AVS switch in the OPEN position except when manually introducing solutions into the monitor.
Allowing sample flow while the AVS switch is in the OPEN position will eventually damage the monitor.

Verify that the air curtain pressure is at the normal setting of 10 psig [69 kPa(g)]. Verify that the air
curtain flow-rate is 10 ft3/hr [0.28 m3/h].

Figure 7.2.1

As part of routine unit tours, open the flow cell door and confirm:

1. The optical windows, flow nozzle exit, and air channels are
clean.
2. The falling stream is uniform and shows a slight tapering from
the top of the flow cell to the bottom.

Figure 7.2.2

Open the drain overflow view port plug and confirm:

1. The in-line bubble trap is overflowing.


2. The monitor drain / sample return header is not backing up.

Figure 7.2.3

Or, if accessible, remove the cap of the small in-line bubble trap
column and confirm the in-line bubble trap is overflowing.

Also complete unit tour checks as defined in Chapter 4 OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES.

NOTE: Personnel removing the flow cell door must meet facility requirements for exposure to
ultraviolet radiation, including wearing protective goggles or safety glasses. As a minimum, Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends wearing approved protective goggles or safety
glasses when completing this procedure

7-6 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPERATIONS

7.3 REVIEWING THE DIAGNOSTIC SCREENS


Diagnostic screens are provided to interrogate the condition of the monitor, to test monitor outputs, and
to establish system alarm causality. Firmware version, service dates, current sample readings, device
events, cell condition, enclosure temperature, and other key data, can be accessed by pressing the
DIAG key. The following screens are displayed as you cycle through them by repeatedly pressing the
DIAG key or by pressing the → key. You can reverse direction through the screens with the ← key.

Firmware information is included in the Diagnostic 1 screen.

Service information, including lamp status is included in the


Diagnostics 2 screen.

A low uncertainty number signifies greater stability. The figure


is calculated from multiple readings over a 20-second period.
Uncertainty figures should remain less than 1 percent.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 7-7


Rev G User Manual
OPERATIONS E09 TD-4100XD

A history of 100 events is maintained to assist service person-


nel in diagnosing instrument problems. The events are stored
on a first-in-first-out (FIFO) basis, so only the last 100 events
are visible on the screen. A longer event list is maintained in
several text file (EVENTS 0-6), which are stored in non-vol-
atile system memory and on the TD-USB drive. See Section
7.10 Accessing System and Configuration Records.

Page Forward or Page Back .

Red text indicates an Alarm ON event.

Green text indicates an Alarm OFF event.

Blue text indicates an Information event.

Black text indicates a lamp change or calibration event.

Auxiliary equipment might include external injections, surfac-


tant dosing, warning lights, pumps, sirens, or other equipment
set on timers.

Current PPM and RFU readings for the active stream are
shown in the blue box.

Readings do not appear for the inactive stream.

7-8 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPERATIONS

OFF = Alarm has not been tripped.

ON = Alarm has been tripped.

DIS = Alarm is not enabled.

= Alarm has been tripped but delay time has not expired.

See Section 7.6 Reviewing Relay Status.

For more on relay configuration, see Chapter 5.7 Configuring


Alarms and Relays.

The USB & Battery screen indicates disk storage limitations if the TD-USB is installed.

Lamp Max and Enclosure Max indicate the dates that the
maximum temperatures were recorded.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 7-9


Rev G User Manual
OPERATIONS E09 TD-4100XD

7.4 DISPLAYING CURRENT ALARMS


Active alarms are visible in the red bar at the bottom of the Home: Normal screen. See Section 7.1.1
Home: Normal Mode for a complete list of alarms that can be displayed in the screen.

For more on alarms and relay assignments, see Section 5.7 Configuring Alarms and Relays.

Active alarms are shown in the bottom red bar. In


this example, a system-level alarm for the lamp is
active.

7.5 DISPLAYING EVENT AND ALARM HISTORY


Alarm history is included in the Events log. The Events log is accessed through the Diagnostics menu,
as shown in Section 7.3 Reviewing the Diagnostic Screens. Other events in the log include powering
on, calibrations, and cleanings.

Up to 5000 of the most recent events are saved on the TD-USB drive before new data begins to
overwrite the oldest data. The EVENTS0.TXT file contains the most recent events. See Section 7.10
Accessing System and Configuration Records for more information on data saved to the TD-USB.

Red text indicates an Alarm ON event.

Green text indicates an Alarm OFF


event.

Blue text indicates an Information event.

Black text indicates a lamp change or


calibration event.

7-10 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPERATIONS

7.6 REVIEWING RELAY STATUS

The first 4 lights indicate the user-configurable alarms. Re-


lays 5 and 6 are dedicated to auxiliary equipment. Lights
7-12 indicate system-dedicated relays that are not user
configurable.

For more on alarms and relays, see Section 5.7 Configur-


ing Alarms and Relays and Section 5.8 Testing Relays.

7.7 REVIEWING CALIBRATION DATA

This screen is displayed whenever the user exits calibra-


tion mode. It can also be viewed by pressing DIAG and
navigating through the screens.

It provides an opportunity to review the calibration data.


Real-time RFU and hydrocarbon concentration values are
displayed (inside a blue box) to allow the user to see how
the new calibration affects the current oil concentration
value.

7.8 MANAGING AUTOMATIC TIMED EVENTS


No timed events occur unless the Home Screen (A, B, or C) is displayed and the instrument is in
Process Mode.

All missed events are ignored and continue on their normal cycles when the user switches back to the
Home Screen.

After calibration, exit to full measurement time of the last stream calibrated.

7.9 MONITORING THE DATALOG


The datalog can be saved to non-volatile system memory and to the TD-USB disk. The filename
includes the year and month, for example, DL201202.TXT. To make changes to the datalog settings,
navigate to the Setup 2 screen, and then press “1” for Datalog.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 7-11


Rev G User Manual
OPERATIONS E09 TD-4100XD

Press “1” to toggle Datalog on or off.


Press “2” to open the Datalog Frequency screen.
Press “3” to open the Datalog Variables screen.
Press “4” to toggle between Memory Management
settings.
Press “5” to open the Delete Datalog Files screen.

(Press “2”)

Enter values for the desired frequency, and then press


ENT to continue.

(Press “3”)

Press the ↑ and ↓ keys to cycle through the variables.

Press ENT to select or deselect a variable.

(Press “5”)

Press the ↑ and ↓ keys to select a datalog.

Press ENT to continue to the Delete Datalog File


screen.

Press ENT to delete.


Press ESC to return to datalog list.

7-12 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPERATIONS

7.10 ACCESSING SYSTEM AND CONFIGURATION RECORDS


To view or save a record of your monitor’s setup parameters, follow these steps.

1. Remove the TD-USB drive from your monitor panel and insert it in a USB port on your
computer.
2. Navigate to the list of available disk drives on your computer and open TD-USB (or Removable
Disk). A root directory appears, as shown in Figure 7.12.1.

Figure 7.12.1

3. Double-click a .txt file to view, save, or print data as described below.

When troubleshooting or requesting assistance from Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments,


include copies of the DIAG.TXT and SETUP.TXT files with the Section 12.4 Troubleshooting
Worksheet .

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 7-13


Rev G User Manual
OPERATIONS E09 TD-4100XD

DIAG.TXT

This file stores system information, including monitor serial number, commissioning data, calibration
standards, and the 100 events that appear in the Events screen.

7-14 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPERATIONS

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 7-15


Rev G User Manual
OPERATIONS E09 TD-4100XD

SETUP.TXT

This file stores configuration of alarms, analog output, and other settings generally keyed in by the user.

7-16 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPERATIONS

EVENTS.TXT

Six separate files (e.g., EVENTS1.TXT or EVENTS2.TXT) list up to 5,000 events. EVENTS0.TXT
contains the most recent events and overwrites the oldest events. Events include alarms on/off,
powering on/off, calibrations, and lamp changes.

DL(year/mm).TXT

The datalog file contains raw data, which is most useful for exporting as delimited text to Excel or a
similar application. You can set the time interval for recording data and choose variables to monitor.
See Section 7.9 Monitoring the Datalog. The year and month are part of the file name. For example,
DL201205.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 7-17


Rev G User Manual
OPERATIONS E09 TD-4100XD

7.11 RESTORING THE MONITOR FROM SETUP FILES


There are three setup files contained on the TD-USB, which can be used for updating and restoring
settings in the instrument:

• SETUP.BIN
• CALIB_A.BIN
• CALIB_B.BIN
“CALIB_A.BIN” file contains binary information of calibration data for sample A. “CALIB_B.BIN”
contains the same information but for sample B. “SETUP.BIN” contains all other setup information,
including but not limited to: alarm set points and delays, 4-20 mA analog scaling, and datalog
parameters.

Each of these files is also located internally in System Memory. Each file is update independent,
meaning that “CALIB_A.BIN” can match on both devices but that doesn’t mean “CALIB_B.BIN” will also
match on both devices.

When the TD-USB is inserted, one of two things happen:

• If the TD-USB does not contain a setup file, it gets copied from System Memory and the files will
match exactly.
• If the TD-USB does contain a setup file, no changes happen.
When Setup Files are updated, two things can happen:

• If a TD-USB setup file does not match System Memory, no changes happen.
• If a TD-USB setup file does match System Memory, both files are updated and will match on both
devices.

Creating a restore point with setup files

1. Insert TD-USB in a computer and delete the setup files.


2. Press the [DIAG] key on the E09 TD-4100XD to update all setup files.
3. Insert TD-USB into the monitor and copy setup files.
4. Eject TD-USB and copy to computer for backup.
5. With TD-USB still out of the monitor, press the [DIAG] key to create new setup files in System
Memory. This will prevent TD-USB setup files from being updated.

Restoring from setup files

1. With TD-USB ejected, press the [DIAG] key.


2. Copy the stored setup files on your computer to TD-USB.
3. Insert TD-USB in the monitor and navigate to the “import” menu.
4. Select “1. Import From TD-USB”.

7-18 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPERATIONS

7.12 UPDATING THE E09 FIRMWARE


Firmware updates are available from Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments service representatives.
If the E09 firmware requires updating, follow this procedure.

1. The E09 firmware file must be named XDCMAIN.HEX. If it is named otherwise, use a personal
computer to rename it, and then place it in the root directory of the TD-USB drive.
2. Note the existing E09 firmware version displayed in the monitor’s Start-Up screen, and then
power down the E09 TD-4100XDC.
3. Insert the TD-USB drive (with XDCMAIN.HEX), and then power up the monitor.
The TD-USB light will blink, and the LCD display will remain blank for about 10 seconds. The
system then boots with the new E09 firmware.
4. Power down and remove the TD-USB drive.
5. Power back up. Verify that the firmware version number has been updated in the Start-Up
screen.

7.13 E09 REMOTE COMMUNICATIONS


All E09 monitors with Ethernet capability are ready for remote communications. No additional hardware
is required; however, an optional wireless adapter is available from Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments. The IP Setup and AutoUpdate software tools are described in Section 7.13.1 IP Setup Tool
and Section 7.13.3 Ethernet Firmware Auto Update. They are available in the Products > Downloads
section of the Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments website:

http://www.oilinwatermonitors.com

You can view monitor data in a Web browser window on any PC or mobile device that is connected
to the same network or the internet. The Administrator and Service screens, described in Section
7.13.2 Administrator and Service Screens, are accessed at the IP Address assigned to port 1030. The
viewable files are similar to those found on the TD-USB drive.

Technical Specifications

• 10/100 Mbps Ethernet


• Connectivity: RJ-45 or wireless (option)
• DHCP or Static IP addressing
• Password Protection
• Optimized for 1024x768 display

Approved Web Browsers

• Internet Explorer 9
• Chrome 19.0.1084.46 m
• Safari 5.7
• iOS 5.1.1

7.13.1 IP SETUP TOOL


IPSetup is a Win32 program used to configure Ethernet hardware through a network connection.
Running IPSetup will automatically identify your Ethernet device (on your network) even if its IP Address
is 0.0.0.0.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 7-19


Rev G User Manual
OPERATIONS E09 TD-4100XD

Your Ethernet device must be connected to your Network via a standard Ethernet cable (or connected
to your host computer using a crossover cable) and be recognized in order to run IPSetup.

Open up IPSetup. Select your Ethernet device from the device list (i.e., the Select a Unit pane). The IP
Address, IP Mask, and IP Gateway will appear in their respective text boxes if you are using a Static IP
Address as shown in the screen shot on the next page. Note: By default, all Ethernet devices are setup
for DHCP. If only one Ethernet device has been identified, it is automatically selected.

Modify the text box fields (if needed).

Click the Advanced button to input addi-


tional values (if needed) for the selected
Ethernet device. Note: The button name
will change to Basic (and vice versa).
The screen shot shows IPSetup’s Ad-
vanced Settings for a Static IP Address.

If you are using a TFTP Server, enter the IP Address of your TFTP Server in the TFTP Server text box,
and enter the file to use for TFTP downloads in the TFTP File text box (if needed).

The Trap Mode setting has three options: Reboot, Halt, and Quiet Reboot. Note: The factory default is
Reboot.

The default Boot Delay for most Ethernet devices is 2 seconds. The function of the boot monitor is for
recovery. Therefore, it is very important that you set the Boot Delay to any number other than 0 (zero). A
Boot Delay of 2 seconds is recommended.

WARNING: Do not change the Boot Delay to 0 (zero).

By default, your Ethernet device boots to the application. If you uncheck Boot to application, your
program will boot to the monitor.

If you select Boot Quietly, the boot message that is normally printed out when the system is booting will
be disabled. By default, this feature is not selected, and the boot message will be printed out when the
system is booting.

The Monitor Port must be set to UART 0.

7-20 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPERATIONS

Click the Set button (in the center of the IPSetup window, as shown below), when you are finished
programming the new values for the selected device.

WARNING: If you do not click the Set button, your values will not be saved for the selected Ethernet
device.

If you are using your Ethernet device as a


Web Server, you can view your web page
immediately by clicking the Launch Web-
page button at the bottom of the IPSetup
GUI as shown here .

7.13.2 ADMINISTRATOR AND SERVICE SCREENS

When using the Administrator and Service screens, the monitor LCD must be set on the Home
screen.

To access the E09 Remote Communications


Login screen, enter the IP address assigned
to port 1030 in the URL field of your browser
window.

In the Login screen Access field, you can enter


admin or service. Admin access allows total
access and should be used by the highest-level
instrument owner/operator. Service access must
be granted by the “admin” and is limited to what
the admin allows.

The admin login is pxj7r93. The service password


is set by the admin. Username is the display
name for the user, such as Steve or Operator.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 7-21


Rev G User Manual
OPERATIONS E09 TD-4100XD

The Home screen displays information exactly as


shown on the monitor Home screen. This screen
also displays the real-time relay status from the
instrument. If a sample switch or cell-cleaning
system is installed, these accessories can be
triggered by clicking the corresponding button.

From this screen, you can navigate to the Files,


Setup, and Admin screens by clicking the buttons
located at the bottom of the window.

The Files screen allows you to view any text file


retrieved from the E09. The text files contents
can be downloaded by right-clicking the link and
then choosing save link as. The files can also be
viewed in a browser by clicking the appropriate
filename. The DIAG, SETUP, and EVENTS
files are retrieved remotely from the E09 every
time the link is visited. Because the DATALOG
file can grow to very large sizes, the current
month’s data is sent only the first time the link is
clicked after power-up. All subsequent DATALOG
entries are taken from the E09 as defined in the
instrument’s Setup screens or the E09 Remote
Communications Setup screen.

Unlike the EVENTS files on the TD-USB drive,


remote EVENTS is a single file that saves up to
1,000 events.

Use the Setup screen to set parameters on the


E09 from a remote location. NOTE: If the E09 is
being controlled locally, remote setup cannot be
completed. Local use of the E09 always overrides
remote setup changes.

The Setup screen allows remote users to


set instrument variables such as calibration
constants or offset, datalog options, 4-20 mA set
points, high alarm set points, and sample switch
parameters. Changes to calibration standards
must be made on the instrument. The datalog is
capable of saving approximately 6 weeks worth
of data at 1-minute intervals.

NOTE: Changes to the Setup and Admin screens


are not complete until you click Submit or press
Enter.

7-22 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPERATIONS

The Admin screen allows the “admin” to assign


access permission for the service login. A
checked-box indicates permission has been
granted for that particular item. Also, the admin
should set an appropriate password and access
duration. Those settings take effect as soon as
the form is submitted. As a security feature, all
personnel logged in under service access are
automatically disconnected when the login time
expires, and a new password is generated. The
admin can view this password, as shown near the
bottom of this figure.

Up to 10 users can be logged in at any time.


They are listed in the Active Users section. The
admin can click the red icon next to any user’s
name to revoke access.

The admin always has full access and is


unaffected by selected permissions. Even if the
service login has no permissions set up, the
admin can still set up anything E09 Remote
Communications allows (assuming that the E09
is not being controlled locally).

Multiple admins can be logged on simultaneously.


However, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments recommends that the instrument
owner not share admin login information with
unauthorized personnel.

CAUTION: In this screen only, the version


information shown at the bottom is a hyperlink
to a Firmware Update screen. Disabling E09
communications in the Firmware Update screen
will disrupt data recording. Contact Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments for instructions
on updating the firmware.

7.13.3 ETHERNET FIRMWARE AUTO UPDATE


AutoUpdate will download a new code image to your Ethernet device. This update can be done from
any point that has network access.

In order to use AutoUpdate you must:

• Have either a Static IP Address, or DHCP IP Address and Network Mask assigned to your Ethernet
device (the factory default is DHCP).
• Have a working network connection between your host computer and your Ethernet device. Your
Ethernet device must be visible in IPSetup.
AutoUpdate will automatically locate all Ethernet devices on your network and provide a list of hardware
addresses. Choose your particular Ethernet device from the list, select your _APP.s19 file, and click the
Update button to download your application to your Ethernet device.

Important: Before an AutoUpdate, the system mallocs a block of RAM big enough to hold the entire
image. If there is not enough free RAM, this step fails, and you will get an insufficient memory error
message. More than likely, you have some process doing malloc or new, and not freeing the space.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 7-23


Rev G User Manual
OPERATIONS E09 TD-4100XD

WARNING: The first time AutoUpdate is run, a (one time only) timeout error (shown below) will occur
because a target Ethernet device has not been selected.

When the Programming Failed with


Timeout box appears, click the OK
button.

When the Update Failed box


appears, click the OK button.

The AutoUpdate GUI appears.


Click the Find button to locate your
Ethernet device.

Select your Ethernet device (in the


Find Ethernets GUI), and click the
OK button.

You are returned to the AutoUpdate


GUI. The IP Address of your
Ethernet device is displayed. Next,
click the Browse button and an
Open window appears.

7-24 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD OPERATIONS

Navigate to the directory where


your _App.s19 file is located. Next,
select your _App.s19 file and click
the Open button.

Both the IP Address and FileName


text boxes are populated with
your information. Check (enable)
Reboot when complete to reboot
your Ethernet device, and click the
Update button to download your
application to your Ethernet device.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 7-25


Rev G User Manual
8 TROUBLESHOOTING

Because of the complexity of the E09 TD-4100XD, it is important to collect diagnostic data prior to
troubleshooting problems. To simplify this data collection, use the form provided in Section 12.4
Troubleshooting Worksheet .

NOTE: Have a copy of the completed Troubleshooting Worksheet at hand prior to contacting Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments Service Department for assistance. Do not send the document to
the Sales Department.

NOTE: Please see Chapter 4 OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES for option maintenance requirements
and schedules.

This manual assumes you have resolved all problems related to system-function alarms. By way of
example, a lamp failure may lead to other alarm messages, which could all be resolved by simple lamp
replacement detailed in Section 9.3.1 Lamp Replacement.

Generally speaking, if no system-function alarms are active, and the CheckPOINT™ standard reports
the High Alarm, then the monitor electronics and optics are functioning correctly.

Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments suggests the following monitor troubleshooting sequence.

1. If any system-function alarms are active, diagnose and resolve the cause of the alarm. Review
the diagnostic screens.
2. Read the CheckPOINT™ to confirm monitor optics and electronics stability.
3. Compare system values and calibration data recorded in the TD-USB text files (e.g., DIAG.
TXT or SETUP.TXT) with those recorded on the Commissioning Checklist when the monitor
was commissioned, and address any differences using the table below.
4. Confirm there have been no changes to the water or target hydrocarbon chemistry since the
last calibration.
5. Review the troubleshooting guides in the appropriate sections of Chapter 4 OPTIONS &
ACCESSORIES.
6. If the problem remains, contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments service group for
troubleshooting assistance.

WARNING: The E09 TD-4100XD enclosure should not be opened unless power is removed or the
area has been properly tested and is known to be non-hazardous.

NOTE: Checking the Home screen for active system-function alarms is a recommended first step for
all troubleshooting issues.
TROUBLESHOOTING E09 TD-4100XD

8.1 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION

Home screen displays “over.” Hardware limitation. Saturated Recalibrate monitor with a lower hydrocarbon in water
PMT. concentration value. Decrease the HV value.
NOTE: “Over” is displayed Set the Monitor Sensitivity and recalibrate the monitor.
Monitor sensitivity set too high.
when RFU >10,000.
Hydrocarbon in water Check hydrocarbon in water concentrations by an alternative
concentrations are outside method
of configured monitor
measurement range

Home screen displays Standard solution values are Check the concentration standards or constants displayed in the
> 99,999, indicating the incorrect. Hydrocarbon Calibration Review screen. Make sure they are
sample reading exceeds entered as in the Commissioning Checklist completed during the
99,999. (Applies to analyte monitor commissioning.
concentrations.)
Monitor sensitivity set too high Set the Monitor Sensitivity (set screw) and recalibrate the
monitor. See Section 5.10 Setting Monitor Sensitivity.
Flow cell door is off. Replace flow cell door.

Home screen displays < Incorrect calibration method/ Check calibration method and offset adjustment. Make sure low
0.0 indicating the sample is setup. point is accurate.
reading below the blank.
Flow in flow cell has fallen off Thoroughly clean the monitor as detailed in the Cleaning Flow
due to fouled flow cell hose, Cell Nozzle and Hose maintenance section.
flow cell nozzle, etc.

No flow in the flow cell Set the AVS control switch for automatic operation.
because the AVS is manually
closed.

No flow in the flow cell Resolve the process problem causing the loss of pressure or
because the in-line bubble trap insufficient pressure.
inlet pressure falls below Pg =
5 psi [Pg = 34.47 kPa] and the
AVS has automatically closed
the sample outlet valve.

Incorrect lamp or optical filters Visually inspect the lamp and optical filters, and compare them
installed. against the monitor packing list.

Calibration “blank” Recalibrate using “blank” containing no measurable target


contaminated with target hydrocarbon.
hydrocarbon.

Home screen displays 0.0 Standard solution values are Check the concentration standards or constants displayed in the
incorrect. Hydrocarbon Calibration Review screen. Make sure they are
entered as in the Commissioning Checklist completed during the
monitor commissioning.

Monitor is displaying wrong Check the monitor mode. See Section 7.1.1 Home: Normal
mode. Mode.

Screen blank or black. Ribbon cable to display is not If the screen is blank, open the monitor access panel and check
properly connected. the ribbon cable connection under the display cover.

Display is difficult to read in If the screen appears black, position the monitor away from direct
direct light. sunlight.

Enclosure heater (optional) not See Section 4.5.1 Monitor Enclosure Heater.
operating.

Monitor will not calibrate. Monitor display units are set Change monitor display units as described in Section 5.6
(hydrocarbon calibration) to RFU. Setting Monitor Display Units.

8-2 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD TROUBLESHOOTING

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION

Safety air purge pressure A purge system common Confirm integrity of the purge indicator / control unit, external
alarm active. alarm fault. wiring and connections, and the monitor access panel rear
terminal block connections.

Condensation and or salt Air curtain flow or pressure set Adjust the “Air Curtain” regulator to provide Pg = 10 psi [Pg =
formation on the flow cell incorrectly. 69kPa(g)] supply pressure, and the “Air Curtain” variable area
optical windows. meter to deliver 10 ft3/hr [0.28 m3/hr].

Loss of monitor instrument air Investigate and resolve.


supply.

Fouling of the flow cell nozzle. Clean the flow cell nozzle as per Cleaning Flow Cell Nozzle, and
check air channels and clean as necessary.

Monitor readings do not Fouling of optical windows is Clean optical windows.


correspond to grab sample causing low readings.
laboratory target hydrocarbon
analysis. Changes to the water or target Set the Monitor Sensitivity and recalibrate the monitor.
hydrocarbon chemistry since
the last calibration.
NOTE: For correlation
calibrations it is extremely rare Moisture ingress into optical Remove and clean / replace the optical filters.
that the readings ever agree filter housings.
exactly.
NOTE: If the moisture ingress is due to wet air, contact Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments to order the Permanent
Membrane Air Dryer and Pre-Filter site-installable option.

NOTE: If the moisture ingress is due to the drain backing up,


contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments to order a 0.75
in. [19.1 mm] sample return drain overflow tube.
Aging of optical filters is Remove and clean / replace the optical filters.
causing high readings.
Home screen display does Fouling of optical windows. Clean optical windows.
not change as expected when
calibration solutions are flowing Monitor sensitivity set too low. Set the Monitor Sensitivity and recalibrate the monitor.
through the monitor.
COM alarm is active. Check Home screen for active system alarms.

Ribbon cable not properly Remove the monitor access panel and check the condition of the
connected. communication cable (ribbon cable).
Standard solution values are Check the concentration standards or constants displayed in the
incorrect. Hydrocarbon Calibration Review screen. Make sure they are
entered as in the Commissioning Checklist completed during the
monitor commissioning.
Incorrect optical kit installed. Check monitor packing list against installed optical kit. Contact
Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments to resolve.
4-20 mA output is not correct 4 mA and or 20 mA setting Correctly set 4 mA and / or 20 mA settings. See Section 5.9
incorrect. Scaling and Testing Analog Output Level.
Monitoring wrong stream. Verify correct stream is being monitored
Incorrect switch position. Open the monitor enclosure door. On the monitor access panel,
set the 4-20 mA switch to system or loop power.
Defective fuse. Open the monitor enclosure door . On the monitor access panel,
check the fuse located next to the 4-20 mA system/loop power
switch.
Signal circuit is being externally Do not externally power the signal circuit.
powered.
750 Ω circuit load is exceeded. Reduce circuit load below 750 Ω.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 8-3


Rev G User Manual
TROUBLESHOOTING E09 TD-4100XD

PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION


Lamp Error Lamp not installed. Install lamp.
Lamp operating past six Change lamp.
months.
Lamp is not stable (typically Change lamp.
operating past six months).

8-4 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
9 MAINTENANCE

Once installed, the E09 TD-4100XD requires routine maintenance to ensure continued troublefree
performance. The frequency of maintenance is determined by the characteristics of the water being
monitored. Typically, low hydrocarbon concentration applications and those with high sediment loading
or untreated bacterial growth require higher maintenance.

The E09 TD-4100XD needs to be periodically checked with the CheckPOINT™ Solid Standard.

If the E09 TD-4100XD is to be shut down for an extended period, Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments recommends:

1. Cleaning the in-line bubble trap (brushes provided in the accessory kit).
2. Cleaning the flow cell windows, nozzle, and hose.
3. Maintaining the “Air Curtain” and purge systems (if fitted).

NOTE: Please see Chapter 4 OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES for option maintenance requirements
and schedules.

CAUTION: Failure to maintain the monitor may cause damage to the monitor and/or cause incorrect
measurements.

WARNING: Do not open the electronic enclosure or perform any work related to electrical
connections without isolating power to the monitor and verifying the area is safe.

9.1 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE


For the purposes of this manual, routine maintenance is divided into six sections.

1. Weekly Maintenance Checks


2. Six-Month Maintenance
3. Four-Year Maintenance
4. Fifteen-Year Maintenance
5. Procedures as required or as directed by Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments
6. Procedures requiring kits, as directed by Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

9.2 WEEKLY MAINTENANCE CHECKS


Description Purpose Maintenance Routine
Ensure the excitation and emis- Windows that are not clear will reduce Close the AVS and use 2-propanol
sion filter windows are free of the signal. (isopropanol or isopropyl alcohol)
particulates, residual film, and dispensed from the squeeze wash
moisture. bottle, and cotton swabs provided
to clean the windows. If scale has
built up, use the dilute acid clean-
ing solution prepared in Section
9.5.1.3 Preparing Acidic Cleaning
Solutions. Once clean, use window
cleaning solution on a lint-free tis-
sue to polish the windows.
Moisture on outside of windows will Adjust the “Air Curtain” regulator to
reduce the signal and could indicate provide 10 psig [69 kPa(g)] supply
incorrect “Air Curtain” supply flow, or pressure, and the “Air Curtain”
pressure, or that “Air Curtain” chan- variable area meter to deliver 10 ft3/
nels are clogged. hr [0.28 m3/hr]. Clean the flow cell
nozzle in Section 9.6.1 Cleaning
the Flow cell Nozzle and Hose.
Moisture inside windows will reduce Replace the descant plug if it is
the signal and could indicate con- deep pink as per Section 9.3.2
sumed descant plug and/or defective Desiccant Plug replacement. To
seals between the filter housing and inspect / replace the seals between
flow cell. the filter housing and flow cell,
see Section 9.4.3 Excitation Filter
Replacement.
Ensure the falling stream is A falling stream that is not uniform Clean the flow cell nozzle and hose
uniform and shows a slight taper leads to unstable readings, and indi- according to Section 9.5.1 Cleaning
from the top of the flow cell to the cates the flow cell nozzle and / or flow Flow Cell Nozzle and Hose.
bottom. cell hose are dirty.
Check the descant plug and Moisture inside windows protected Replace the descant plug as per
replace if deep pink. by the descant plug will reduce the Section 9.3.2 Desiccant Plug Re-
signal. placement.
Check air flow and pressure of To ensure “Air Curtain” and Hazard- Adjust the “Air Curtain” regulator to
“Air Curtain”, and Hazardous ous Area or Environmental Protection provide 10 [69 kPa(g)] supply pres-
Area or Environmental Protection purge systems are operating properly. sure, and the “Air Curtain” variable
purge, if fitted. area meter to deliver 10 ft3/hr [0.28
m3/hr].

Adjust purge air as per Purge Op-


tions, Operations and Maintenance
Sections.
Take CheckPOINT™ Solid Stan- To establish if the instrument requires Clean optical windows and then
dard reading. calibration or if the windows are dirty. check CheckPOINT™ reading
again. When reading outside site
standards, arrange to recalibrate
the monitor.
Inspect all hoses and piping con- To detect potential failures. Replace / tighten as necessary.
nections.
Inspect sample lines and in-line To maintain design sample flow to the If scale has built up, use the dilute
bubble trap for scale build up. flow cell. acid cleaning solution prepared in
Section 9.5.1.3 Preparing Acidic
Cleaning Solutions and the brushes
provided in the accessories pack-
age to clean the sample lines and
in-line bubble trap.

9-2 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

NOTE: Please see Chapter 4 OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES for option maintenance requirements
and schedules.

9.3 SIX-MONTH MAINTENANCE


Description Purpose Maintenance Routine
Replace lamp Preventative maintenance Refer to Section 9.3.1
Lamp Replacement.
Replace the desiccant plug Preventative maintenance Refer to Section 9.3.2
Desiccant Plug replace-
ment

NOTE: Please see Chapter 4 OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES for option maintenance requirements
and schedules.

9.3.1 LAMP REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.3.1.1

Isolate and lock-out monitor power.

Loosen the six lamp housing cover screws and,


when loose, carefully remove the lamp housing
cover.

NOTE: The lamp housing cover screws are fitted


with nylon retaining washers so you need not re-
move the screws completely to remove the lamp
housing cover.

NOTE: The lamp housing cover is fitted with a


gasket that may stick to the lamp housing, so you
may need to gently pry the cover off to separate
the cover from the lamp housing.

Figure 9.3.1.2

When the lamp housing cover is removed, inspect


the lamp housing cover gasket.

If damaged, replace the gasket by peeling the old


gasket off and removing any residual adhesive
left on the lamp housing cover. Remove adhesive
cover from the new lamp housing cover gasket
and apply to the lamp housing cover.

Nylon retaining washer

Lamp housing cover gasket

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-3


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.3.1.3

With the lamp housing cover removed, inspect


the lamp housing and, if necessary, clean the
lamp housing cover gasket mounting flange.

Lamp housing door safety interlock switch

Lamp

Excitation filter holder

Figure 9.3.1.4

Remove the lamp from the lamp housing by


rotating it 90°, holding only the metal portion. The
lamp may now be easily removed from the lamp
holder.

NOTE: Body oil on the surface of the lamp will


distort the lamp’s output and will reduce the lamp
life.

Install the lamp into the lamp housing by fitting


the pins in the holder and rotating the lamp 90°
holding only the metal ends.

Figure 9.3.1.5

When replaced, reinstall the lamp housing cover


ensuring the alignment pin is in the upper right
corner. The cover safety interlock pin, when cor-
rectly installed, operates the lamp safety interlock
switch.

Lamp housing cover safety interlock pin

Ensure nylon screw retaining washers are fitted.

9-4 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.3.1.6

Carefully tighten the six lamp housing cover


screws to ensure even compression of the lamp
housing cover gasket.

Reinstate monitor power.

NOTE: After replacing the lamp, wait at least one hour with the lamp on. Then confirm the monitor
calibration using the CheckPOINT™. If a significant error is found, recalibrate the monitor. For critical
applications, it is recommended to recalibrate the instrument every time the lamp is changed.

NOTE: The lamp in your monitor may be different than the lamp shown here.

9.3.2 DESICCANT PLUG REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.3.2.1

Remove desiccant plug from the flow cell by loos-


ening the plug in a counter clockwise direction.

NOTE: The desiccant plug should be replaced


every six months or sooner if the plug paper has
turned pink or if the flow cell has flooded.

NOTE: The desiccant plug is a two-piece com-


ponent. When removing the plug from the flow
cell, if the plug separates, ensure both pieces are
completely removed.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-5


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.3.2.2

Install a new desiccant plug into the flow cell by


gently tightening the new plug in a clockwise di-
rection until snug. Do not overtighten—only finger
tight is required.

NOTE: Discard the spent desiccant plug as it


cannot be regenerated.

NOTE: The spare desiccant plugs are perishable and must be protected from ambient moisture.
Moisture will penetrate the packaging in humid environments. Store the spare desiccant plugs in an
air tight container with desiccant material.

9.4 FOUR-YEAR MAINTENANCE


Description Purpose Maintenance Routine
Replace lamp Maintenance or repair Refer to Section 9.3.1 Lamp Re-
placement
Remove flow cell Maintenance or repair Refer to Section 9.4.1 Flow Cell
Removal and Installation
Inspect or replace emission filter Maintenance or repair Refer to Section 9.4.2 Emission
Filter Inspection/Replacement
Replace excitation filter Maintenance or repair Refer to Section 9.4.3 Excitation
Filter Replacement

9.4.1 FLOW CELL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Figure 9.4.1.1

Isolate and lock out monitor power, sample inlet,


drain outlet, and monitor air supply.

Remove the air curtain air supply tubing from the


top of the flow cell.

9-6 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.4.1.2

Disconnect the flow cell inlet hose from the flow


cell nozzle assembly. Use two wrenches, being
careful not to rotate the sample inlet nozzle tube.

Figure 9.4.1.3

Disconnect the flow cell drain connection hose by


loosening the hose clamp and then slipping the
hose off the hose barb.

If the hose does not easily slip off the barb, use
a wrench to remove the barb fitting from the flow
cell.

Figure 9.4.1.4

Remove the flow cell door by loosening the


thumbscrew.

Figure 9.4.1.5

Use a 9/64 in. Allen wrench to remove the four


(8-32 x 2.5 in.) Allen key retaining screws and
washers connected to the lamp housing, and
store them in a secure place.

NOTE: It may be necessary to use needle-nose


pliers to remove the Allen key retaining screws
and washers.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-7


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.4.1.6

Use a 9/64 in. Allen wrench to remove the four


(8-32 x 3 in.) Allen key retaining screws and
washers connected to the monitor enclosure, and
store them in a secure place.

Figure 9.4.1.7

Gently remove the flow cell from the flow


cell mounting standoffs, fitted on the monitor
enclosure, by moving it to the right.

Figure 9.4.1.8

Note the flow cell mounting standoff locations.

Flow cell mounting standoff

NOTE: To install the flow cell, reverse the above


sequence. When tightening the flow cell Allen key
retaining screws, use care to torque them in such
a way as to draw the flow cell up squarely against
the monitor enclosure (first) and the lamp housing
(second).

Torque the screws in a crosswise pattern,


between 10 and 15 in-lbf. Do not exceed.

9-8 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

9.4.2 EMISSION FILTER INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT


Prior to inspecting and / or replacing the emission filter, you must remove the flow cell access door.

Figure 9.4.2.1

Remove the flow cell door by loosening the


thumbscrew.

Figure 9.4.2.2

Remove the red emission filter cartridge.

Figure 9.4.2.3

To remove the emission filter, carefully remove


the retaining O-ring with a mechanical pencil or
other suitable tool. Do not scratch the optical
filter.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-9


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.4.2.4

Inspect the exposed emission filter. Make sure


it is clean and dry. Any discolorization might
indicate the filter needs to be replaced.

If replacing the optical filter, carefully install


the new optical filter into the filter housing with
the brightest mirrored side towards the narrow
aperture.

NOTE: Ensure the filter is clean and use caution


not to get body oil or dirt on any of the optical
surfaces when installing.

Ensure that the filter is properly seated in the


housing and re-insert the retaining O-ring.

Push the emission filter cartridge back into the


flow cell until it is properly seated.

Replace the flow cell door and tighten the


thumbscrew.

9.4.3 EXCITATION FILTER REPLACEMENT


Prior to inspecting and / or replacing the excitation filter, you must first remove the monitor lamp housing
cover and lamp. Refer to Section 9.3.1 Lamp Replacement.

Figure 9.4.3.1

Loosen the two excitation filter bracket screws


and, when loose, carefully remove the excitation
filter bracket.

NOTE: The excitation filter bracket screws are


fitted with nylon retaining washers so you need
not remove the screws completely to remove the
excitation bracket.

NOTE: The lamp housing does not require


removal from the enclosure to replace excitation
filters.

9-10 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.4.3.2

Remove excitation filter bracket from the lamp


housing.

Once removed, remove all fiber washers and


foam spacers from the lamp housing.

In order of assembly, left to right: fiber washer,


filter, fiber washer, bracket with foam spacer.

Figure 9.4.3.3

Carefully remove the excitation filter from the


lamp housing.

If replacing the optical filter, install a fiber washer


followed by the excitation filter with the brightest
mirrored side toward the lamp, if the optical filter
has one or two mirrored surface(s). Then install
another fiber washer followed by a foam spacer.

NOTE: Ensure the filter is clean and use caution


not to get body oil or dirt on any of the optical
surfaces when installing, and ensure the fiber
washers and foam spacer do not block any of the
light path.

Figure 9.4.3.4

Ensure that the two Nylon retaining washers are


still attached to the two screws on the excitation
bracket. Then install the excitation bracket and
tighten excitation bracket screws.

Install the new lamp by placing the lamp in the


lamp holder, and turning the lamp 90° until the
lamp locks into position.

Ensure that the six nylon retaining washers are


installed onto the six screws on the lamp housing
cover. Then install the cover onto the lamp hous-
ing and tighten the lamp housing screws.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-11


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

9.5 FIFTEEN-YEAR MAINTENANCE


Perform the following procedure after 15 years of monitor use.

9.5.1 TIME CLOCK BATTERY REPLACEMENT


Every fifteen years the time clock battery must be replaced. This requires service by an authorized
service engineer. Contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments for assistance.

9.6 PROCEDURES AS REQUIRED OR AS DIRECTED BY


TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS
This section includes procedures that might be required on a nonscheduled basis.

Description Purpose Maintenance Routine


Clean flow cell nozzle and hose Preventative maintenance Refer to Section 9.6.1 Cleaning the
Flow cell Nozzle and Hose.
Online cleaning Preventative maintenance Refer to Section 9.6.1.1 Online
Cleaning.
Prepare acidic cleaning solution Preventative maintenance Refer to Section 9.6.1.2 Preparing
Acidic Cleaning Solution.
Replace calibration valve gasket Maintenance or repair Refer to Section 9.6.2 Calibration
Valve Gasket Replacement.
Replace AC power fuse Repair Refer to Section 9.6.3 AC Power
Fuse Replacement.
Replace analog output fuse Repair Refer to Section 9.6.4 Analog
Output Fuse Replacement.
Replace alarm relay fuse Repair Refer to Section 9.6.5 Alarm Relay
Fuse Replacement.
Replace alarm relay Repair Refer to Section 9.6.6 Alarm Relay
Replacement.
Clean or replace AVS pressure Maintenance or repair Refer to Section 9.6.7 AVS Pressure
sensor Sensor Cleaning and Replacement.
Detector and Chopper Motor Maintenance or repair Refer to Section 9.6.8 Detector and
Assembly Enclosure Chopper Motor Assembly Enclosure.

9-12 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

9.6.1 CLEANING THE FLOW CELL NOZZLE AND HOSE

Figure 9.6.1.1.

If the windows are covered in moisture due to splashing


and the sample flow through the flow cell has necked
down, even though the in-line bubble trap is overflowing
properly to the drain, it is necessary to clean the flow cell
nozzle and hose.

Figure 9.6.1.2

Remove the flexible hose connection at the flow cell


nozzle, using two 9/16 in. wrenches.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-13


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.6.1.3

Clean the flow cell inlet hose using the brush provided. If
there is scale build-up in the hose, it may be necessary to
use an acidic cleaning solution to remove the scale. To
prepare an acid cleaning solution, refer to Section 9.6.1.2
Preparing Acidic Cleaning Solution.

If it is not possible to remove the scale using the acid


cleaning solution, it may be necessary to replace the
hose.

Figure 9.6.1.4

Reattach the flexible hose to the flow cell nozzle con-


nection using two 9/16 in. wrenches. Tighten connection
snugly, but do not overtighten.

9-14 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

9.6.1.1 ONLINE CLEANING

Figure 9.6.1.1.1

To clean the flow cell nozzle assembly and


flow cell inlet hose during operation, prepare a
dilute detergent solution (Alconox® or similar) to
remove hydrocarbon contamination.

Prepare the dilute detergent solution using warm


water in the high standard calibration bottle. Use
water below 120 °F [49 °C] to avoid sample bottle
distortion.

Use the high standard calibration bottle and bottle


valve to introduce the cleaning solution into the
short in-line bubble trap column. Once the bottle
is empty, close the calibration bottle valve and
then flow through a bottle of clean water to flush
residual detergent to ensure accurate readings.

Figure 9.6.1.1.2

If, in addition to hydrocarbon contamination, scale


has built up in the flow cell nozzle assembly and
flow cell inlet hose, they must be additionally
cleaned with a dilute acid cleaning solution.

Prior to completing the acid cleaning, prepare


acidic cleaning solution as per Section 9.6.1.3
Preparing Acidic Cleaning Solutions, as required.

Once the acid cleaning solution temperature


is below 120 °F [49 °C], to avoid distorting the
sample bottle, use the high standard calibration
bottle and bottle valve to introduce the dilute acid
cleaning solution into the short in-line bubble
trap column. Once the bottle is empty, close the
calibration bottle valve and then flow through a
bottle of clean water to flush residual acid.

If online acid cleaning is frequently needed, contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments for
suggestions on automated acid cleaning systems.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-15


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

9.6.1.2 PREPARING ACIDIC CLEANING SOLUTION

To remove scale from the flow cell and other areas where, in your experience, scale develops, it is
necessary to prepare and use a concentrated solution of hydrochloric acid.

WARNING: Concentrated hydrochloric acid is hazardous and can cause severe burns if it comes in
contact with your skin and blindness if it comes in contact with your eyes.

Personnel performing this dilution procedure must meet facility requirements for acid handling,
including wearing proper clothing and using any required apparatus. As a minimum, Turner Designs
Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends wearing safety goggles and acid resistant gloves when
completing this procedure.

WARNING: Always add acid to water when diluting acids. Dangerous splattering of acid can occur
due to heat generated if water is added to acid.

Dilute 36 % purity hydrochloric acid by slowly adding 1 part acid to 1 part water while stirring.

To prepare 1 liter of cleaning solution, add 500 mL of water to a minimum 1 L container. Then, while
stirring the 2 L container, slowly add 500 mL of 36 % purity hydrochloric acid.

Allow the cleaning solution to cool below 140 °F (60 °C) before using it to clean monitor components

9.6.2 CALIBRATION VALVE GASKET REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.6.2.1

Clean calibration valve thoroughly.

Remove old calibration valve gasket using a pair


of needle nose pliers.

Install new calibration valve gasket by finger.

Calibration Valve Gasket

9-16 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

9.6.3 AC POWER FUSE REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.6.3.1

When electrical features of the monitor, such as


system alarms, heater, or cooler, stop functioning,
check the condition of the appropriate fuses with
an ohm meter.

Isolate and lock-out monitor power.

Open the monitor enclosure door and locate the


relay fuses near the bottom of the monitor access
panel.

Power fuses

Figure 9.6.3.2

Remove the fuse cap by twisting counter-


clockwise. Pull the fuse straight out from the
panel.Test the fuse with an ohm meter and
replace if necessary.

NOTE: Fuse ratings are shown on the panel


adjacent to the fuses. Always use a matching
replacement.

9.6.4 ANALOG OUTPUT FUSE REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.6.4.1

When electrical features of the monitor, such as


system alarms, heater, or cooler, stop functioning,
check the condition of the appropriate fuses with
an ohm meter.

Isolate and lock-out monitor power.

Open the monitor enclosure door and locate the


relay fuses near the bottom of the monitor access
panel.

Analog output fuse

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-17


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.6.4.2

Remove the fuse cap by twisting counter-


clockwise. Pull the fuse straight out from the
panel.Test the fuse with an ohm meter and
replace if necessary.

NOTE: Fuse ratings are shown on the panel


adjacent to the fuses. Always use a matching
replacement.

9.6.5 ALARM RELAY FUSE REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.6.5.1

When electrical features of the monitor, such as


system alarms, heater, or cooler, stop functioning,
check the condition of the appropriate fuses with
an ohm meter.

Isolate and lock-out monitor power.

Open the monitor enclosure door and locate the


relay fuses near the bottom of the monitor access
panel.

Relay fuses

Figure 9.6.5.2

Remove the fuse cap by twisting counter-clock-


wise. Pull the fuse straight out from the panel.
Test the fuse with an ohm meter and replace if
necessary.

NOTE: Fuse ratings are shown on the panel


adjacent to the fuses. Always use a matching
replacement.

9-18 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

9.6.6 ALARM RELAY REPLACEMENT


Note that the relay outputs are fused. If the relay output is not functional, check the fuse prior to
replacing the relay.

Figure 9.6.6.1

Isolate and lock-out monitor power.

Open the monitor enclosure door.

Figure 9.6.6.2

Relays 1-6 are located immediately above the


fuses and terminal blocks, near the bottom of the
monitor access panel.

Figure 9.6.6.3

Locate the relay to be replaced. Carefully grasp


the retaining clip over the relay and rotate it to the
side.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-19


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.6.6.4

Pull the relay straight out from the panel and


insert a replacement.

NOTE: If you have not assigned all six relays, you


can use an unassigned relay as a temporary re-
placement. Contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments for replacement parts information.

Figure 9.6.6.5

Rotate the relay retaining clip back into place,


secure the enclosure door, and restore power to
the monitor.

9-20 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

9.6.7 AVS PRESSURE SENSOR CLEANING AND REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.6.7.1

Turn off and isolate sample flow to the instrument.


Allow system to drain water sample.

Figure 9.6.7.2

Remove inlet hose to tee below the pressure


sensor. Sample will drain from the hose.

NOTE: The pressure sensor design may be


different than shown in this figure.

Figure 9.6.7.3

Set AVS selector switch to AUTO.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-21


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.6.7.4

Insert a non-sharp object into the tee and


pressure sensor. Do not use a sharp object,
otherwise the senson will be damaged. Press
up gently until a click is felt or heard. Hold in the
place for more than a minute without releasing.

Figure 9.6.7.5

Before one minute has elapsed, the AVS actuator


will be in the closed position. You can also
observe on the Home screen that the pressure
switch has been activated.

You can also observe on the Home screen that


the pressure has been activated.

Figure 9.6.7.6

After one minute has elapsed, the AVS actuator


will move to the open position.

If it does not, confirm the following:

Pressure was maintained for a full minute.


Air system is operating.
AVS selector switch is in AUTO position.
AVS system electrical components are functional.

9-22 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.6.7.7

To clean the pressure sensor interior, insert the


medium-sized cleaning brush provided in the
accessories kit into the sensor. Clean with a
twisting motion.

Figure 9.6.7.8

If the pressure sensor requires replacement,


perform the following steps.

Turn off power to the instrument and isolate


power. Open enclosure door. Put on a grounding
wrist strap and ground it to the enclosure.

If one of the monitor switches obstructs access to


the interior access panel mounting nuts, remove it
by rotating the black lever counter-clockwise.

Figure 9.6.7.9

Remove the four locking nuts from the interior


access panel. Pull panel away from studs.

Figure 9.6.7.10

Bring down panel to expose wiring.

Locate wires from pressure sensor to connector.


Carefully disconnect wiring connector from mating
socket.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-23


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.6.7.11

Replace the interior access panel on the


mounting studs to better access the sensor
attachment nut. While holding the pressure
sensor below the electronics enclosure, loosen
the attachment nut inside of enclosure. Pass the
wiring out through the mounting hole and retain
mounting nut.

Figure 9.6.7.12

Remove the sensor from the tee fitting. Install the


new sensor on the tee fitting, using new Teflon
pipe thread tape.

Figure 9.6.7.13

Reverse the steps to install the new pressure


sensor. Be sure to have the light green sealing
washer on the outside of the enclosure to provide
a gas- and water-tight seal.

9.6.8 DETECTOR AND CHOPPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY ENCLOSURE


There are no user-serviceable or replaceable components within the detector and chopper motor
assembly enclosure. These components cannot be serviced in the field. Do not remove the detector
and chopper motor assembly enclosure. There are very high voltages (1000 VDC) present. If a problem
is suspected with the detector or chopper motor assembly, please contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments for repair service.

CAUTION: Access to the detector and chopper motor assembly by personnel not authorized by Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments will void warranty and ATEX certifications.

9-24 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

9.7 PROCEDURES REQUIRING KITS


AS DIRECTED BY TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS
The following procedures are generally performed on an as-needed basis. A kit is required to complete
each procedure.

Description Purpose Maintenance Routine


Replace AVS air actuator solenoid valve Repair Refer to Section 9.7.1 AVS Air Actuator
Solenoid Valve Replacement.
Replace AC power supply Repair Refer to Section 9.7.2 AC Power Supply
Replacement.
Replace analog output circuit board Repair Refer to Section 9.7.3 Analog Output
(HART C1D2 and Z2 Non-Hazardous Areas) Board Replacement
(HART C1D2 and Z2 Non-Hazardous
Areas).
Replace analog output circuit board Repair Refer to Section 9.7.4 Analog Output
(HART C1D1 and Z1 Hazardous Areas) Board Replacement
(HART C1D1 and Z1 Hazardous Areas).
Replace analog output circuit board Repair Refer to Section 9.7.5 Analog Output
(Standard C1D2 and Z2 Non-Hazardous Areas) Board Replacement
(Standard C1D2 and Z2 Non-Hazardous
Areas).
Replace analog output circuit board Repair Refer to Section 9.7.6 Analog Output
(Standard C1D1 and Z1 Hazardous Areas) Board Replacement
(Standard C1D1 and Z1 Hazardous
Areas).
Replace E09 motherboard Repair Refer to Section 9.7.7 E09 Motherboard
Replacement.
Replace Ethernet circuit board Repair Refer to Section 9.7.8 Ethernet Circuit
Board Replacement.
Replace fluorometer circuit board Repair Refer to Section 9.7.9 Fluorometer
Circuit Board Replacement.
Replace interconnect ribbon cables Repair Refer to Section 9.7.10 Interconnect
Cables Replacement.
Replace monitor keypad Repair Refer to Section 9.7.11 Keypad
Replacement.
Replace liquid crystal display (LCD) Repair Refer to Section 9.7.12 Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD) Replacement.
Replace relay circuit board Repair Refer to Section 9.7.13 Relay Circuit
Board Replacement.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-25


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

9.7.1 AVS AIR ACTUATOR SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.7.1.1

Turn the AVS selector switch to OFF.

Turn off the main power switch and isolate power


to the instrument.

Turn off and isolate compressed air supply to the


instrument. Allow pressure to be released from
the system.

Figure 9.7.1.2

Open the monitor enclosure door. Put on a


grounding wrist strap and ground it to the
enclosure.

Locate the solenoid body mounting nut inside of


the electronics enclosure and loosen it.

Figure 9.7.1.3

Remove the monitor access panel retaining nuts


from the corners of the monitor access panel.

Carefully slip the monitor access panel off the


studs by gently pulling it forward. Lay the monitor
access panel down to gain access to wiring
connectors.

Figure 9.7.1.4

Locate the wiring harness leading from the


solenoid body to a wiring connector. Disconnect
this wiring connector from the adjacent socket.
Remove any wiring ties on the solenoid wiring
harness.

9-26 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.1.5

Locate the solenoid body below the electronics


enclosure.

Remove the air inlet tubing and air outlet tubing


from the solenoid.

Figure 9.7.1.6

Finish removing the mounting nut inside the


electronics enclosure, and pass the wiring
harness through the enclosure mounting hole.

Pass the wiring of the new solenoid into the


electronics enclosure and install the new
solenoid, with the clear Teflon spacer against the
bottom of the enclosure. Position the solenoid
such that the air inlet and outlet ports face the
rear of the instrument. Start the interior mounting
nut onto the solenoid fitting.
Figure 9.7.1.7

Reconnect the two air lines. The inlet air line goes
to the lower port.

Inlet and outlet ports

Figure 9.7.1.8

Connect the solenoid wiring harness connector to


the existing socket.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-27


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.1.9

Re-install the interior access panel on the


mounting studs.

Apply high-strength thread locking compound


while tightening the solenoid body mounting nut.

Figure 9.7.1.10

Install the four mounting nuts onto the mounting


studs and torque them between 20 and 27 N-m
(180 to 240 in-lbf).

Remove the ESD wrist strap from the unit.

Figure 9.7.1.11

Close and seal the enclosure door.

Remove air isolation and turn on the compressed


air supply. Check for leaks.

Remove power isolation and turn on power.

Check operation of AVS by the selector switch.

9.7.2 AC POWER SUPPLY REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.7.2.1

Turn the monitor power switch to the off position


(located on the left side of the electronics
enclosure). Isolate the power to the unit by
throwing its associated breaker switch or by other
appropriate means.

Loosen the four door clamps and open the front


door of the electronics enclosure.

9-28 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.2.2

Put on the provided electrostatic discharge (ESD)


wrist strap and attach it to a grounded location.
This device must be worn (and grounded) while
the electronics enclosure door is open.

Label and disconnect all wires connected to the


terminal blocks.

Terminal blocks

Figure 9.7.2.3

Loosen and remove the four nuts holding the


interior panel in place. Set the nuts aside in a safe
location.

Figure 9.7.2 4

Carefully pull out the interior panel to expose the


printed circuit boards on the in-board side of the
panel.

Figure 9.7.2 5

Label and disconnect the wires that run from


interior panel circuit board(s) to all other
components within the electronics enclosure. Set
the interior panel aside.

Interior panel

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-29


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.2.6

Remove the bottom purge hose (black) from the


black enclosure. Unscrew the crimping hose
clamp (black) before pulling the hose free from
the enclosure.

Figure 9.7.2.7

Locate the AC power supply. It is attached to


the motherboard, which is mounted on the rear
interior panel. It is enclosed in a perforated metal
box, which is mounted on standoffs from the
motherboard.

Figure 9.7.2.8

Carefully remove the four nuts attaching the AC


power supply mounting plate to the motherboard.

Figure 9.7.2.9

Carefully remove the AC power supply and


mounting plate from the standoffs, and then
carefully pull the AC power supply forward
to stand it up in the bottom of the electronics
enclosure, making the terminal blocks accessible.

9-30 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.2.10

Individually disconnect and label each wire


connected to the AC power supply, as shown in
this figure.

Figure 9.7.2.11

Loosen and remove the two screws holding the


AC power supply board to the mounting plate.

Position the new AC power supply board onto the


mounting plate. Install the screws for holding the
AC power supply board to the mounting plate and
torque the screws between 1.0 to 1.5 N-m (9 to
13 in-lbf). Do not exceed.

Figure 9.7.2.12

Re-attach the wires to the AC power supply in


their appropriate locations.

NOTE: Be sure to use the bare minimum torque


necessary to attach the wire terminals to the AC
Power Supply. Do not exceed 7 N-m (5 in-lbf).

Figure 9.7.2.13

Position the mounting plate (with AC power


supply attached) onto the existing standoffs
attached to the motherboard.

Install and tighten the four mounting nuts holding


the AC power supply board in place. Torque the
nuts between 1.7 to 2.3 N-m (15 to 20 in-lbf). Do
not exceed.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-31


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.2.14

Re-attach the bottom purge hose to the black


enclosure.

If present, use cable ties to attach the free end of


the black hose to the mounting studs behind the
motherboard.

NOTE: The approximate 180° bend in the hose is


essential and must be maintained.

Figure 9.7.2.15

Reconnect the previously labeled wires to the


interior panel circuit board(s).

Figure 9.7.2.16

Re-install the interior panel onto the four


mounting studs. Make sure the enclosure door
grounding cable (green with yellow stripe) is
slipped onto the lower-left mounting stud.

Grounding cable

Install the four mounting nuts onto the mounting


studs and torque them between 20 and 27 N-m
(180 to 240 in-lbf). Do not exceed this torque.
Figure 9.7.2.17

Make sure the exterior facing relays are properly


seated and that their retaining clips are locked
in place. Reconnect all wires to their respective
terminal blocks.

Relays

Remove the ESD wrist strap from the unit.

9-32 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.2.18

Shut the enclosure door and tighten the toggle


clamps.

Toggle clamp

If equipped with a safety air purge system, follow


instructions for purging prior to re-establishing
power.

Re-establish power. Verify that the new system is


operational by checking that the monitor powers
up correctly.

9.7.3 ANALOG OUTPUT BOARD REPLACEMENT


(HART C1D2 AND Z2 NON-HAZARDOUS AREAS)

Figure 9.7.3.1

Turn the instrument power switch to the off


position (located on the left side of the electronics
enclosure). Isolate the power to the unit by
throwing its associated breaker switch or by other
appropriate means.

Loosen the four door clamps and open the front


door of the electronics enclosure.

Figure 9.7.3.2

Put on the provided electrostatic discharge wrist


strap and attach to a grounded location. This
device must be worn (and grounded) while the
electronics enclosure door is open.

Figure 9.7.3.3

Note the position of the exposed switch near the analog


output terminal blocks. This switch determines whether
the output is remotely powered or internally powered.
This setting must be duplicated on the replacement
circuit board.

Analog power setting switch

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-33


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.3.4

Loosen and remove the four nuts holding the


interior panel in place. Set the nuts aside in a
safe place.

Figure 9.7.3.5

Carefully pull out the interior panel to expose the


circuit boards on the in-board side of the interior
panel.

Figure 9.7.3.6

Locate the analog output circuit board on the


back of the interior panel. Label and disconnect
all wires and cables going to the analog output
circuit board.

Analog output circuit board

Figure 9.7.3.7

Gently loosen and remove the four nuts holding


the analog output board to the mounting
standoffs.

9-34 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.3.8

Gently remove the analog output board and set


aside in clean location.

If required, remove the standoffs from the four


mounting studs.

Figure 9.7.3.9

If required, replace the four standoffs on the four


mounting studs and torque them between 1.7 and
2.3 N-m (15 – 20 in-lbf).

Gently install the new analog output board onto


the mounting standoffs. The terminal block, fuse,
and switch must protrude through the outward-
facing side of the panel.

Figure 9.7.3.10

Install the new nuts on the threaded standoffs and


torque them between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m (15 – 20
in-lbf). Apply tamper evident seal to the screws.

Figure 9.7.3.11

Reconnect all wiring and cable connections


to the interior connection points on the analog
output board in the designated locations. Where
the analog output board has a new interconnect
cable(s), connect it (them) to the appropriate
location on the adjacent interior circuit boards.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-35


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.3.12

Re-install the interior panel onto the four


mounting studs. Make sure the enclosure door
grounding cable (green with yellow stripe) is
slipped onto the lower-left mounting stud.

Grounding cable

Figure 9.7.3.13

Install the four mounting nuts onto the mounting


studs and torque them between 20 and 27 N-m
(180 to 240 in-lbf).

Figure 9.7.3.14

Set the switch next to the terminal blocks to the


same setting described in Figure 4. This switch
determines whether the output is remotely or
internally powered.

Analog power setting switch

Figure 9.7.3.15

Make sure the exterior facing relays are properly


seated and that their retaining clips are locked in
place.

Relays

Remove the ESD wrist strap from the unit.

9-36 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.3.16

Shut the enclosure door and tighten the toggle


clamps.

Toggle clamp

If equipped with a safety air purge system, follow


instructions for purging prior to re-establishing
power.

Re-establish power. Verify that the new analog


output is functional by testing the output. Note
that if the tag number was not provided with the
order for the replacement board, the tag number
information will not be available in the output
signal.

9.7.4 ANALOG OUTPUT BOARD REPLACEMENT


(HART C1D1 AND Z1 HAZARDOUS AREAS)

Figure 9.7.4.1

Turn the instrument power switch to the off


position (located on the left side of the electronics
enclosure). Isolate the power to the unit by
throwing its associated breaker switch or by other
appropriate means.

Loosen the four door clamps and open the front


door of the electronics enclosure.

Figure 9.7.4.2

Put on the provided electrostatic discharge wrist


strap and attach to a grounded location. This
device must be worn (and grounded) while the
electronics enclosure door is open.

Figure 9.7.4.3

Loosen and remove the four nuts holding the


interior panel in place. Set the nuts aside in a
safe place.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-37


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.4.4

Carefully pull out the interior panel to expose the


printed circuit boards (PCBs) on the in-board side
of the interior panel.

Figure 9.7.4.5

Locate the analog output circuit board on the


back of the interior panel. Label and disconnect
all wires and cables going to the analog output
circuit board.

Analog output circuit board

Figure 9.7.4.6

Gently loosen and remove the four nuts holding


the analog output board to the mounting
standoffs.

Figure 9.7.4.7

Gently remove the analog output board and set


aside in clean location.

If required, remove the standoffs from the four


mounting studs.

9-38 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.4.8

If required, replace the four standoffs on the four


mounting studs and torque them between 1.7 and
2.3 N-m (15 – 20 in-lbf).

Gently install the new analog output board onto


the mounting standoffs. The terminal block, fuse,
and switch must protrude through the outward-
facing side of the panel.

Figure 9.7.4.9

Install the new nuts on the threaded standoffs and


torque them between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m (15 – 20
in-lbf). Apply tamper evident seal to the screws.

Figure 9.7.4.10

Reconnect all wiring and cable connections


to the interior connection points on the analog
output board in the designated locations. Where
the analog output board has a new interconnect
cable(s), connect it (them) to the appropriate
location on the adjacent interior circuit boards.

Figure 9.7.4.11

Re-install the interior panel onto the four


mounting studs. Make sure the enclosure door
grounding cable (green with yellow stripe) is
slipped onto the lower-left mounting stud.

Grounding cable

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-39


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.4.12

Install the four mounting nuts onto the mounting


studs and torque them between 20 and 27 N-m
(180 to 240 in-lbf).

Figure 9.7.4.13

Make sure the exterior facing relays are properly


seated and that their retaining clips are locked in
place.

Relays

Remove the ESD wrist strap from the unit.

Figure 9.7.4.14

Shut the enclosure door and tighten the toggle


clamps.

Toggle clamp

If equipped with a safety air purge system, follow


instructions for purging prior to re-establishing
power.

Re-establish power. Verify that the new analog


output is functional by testing the output. Note
that if the tag number was not provided with the
order for the replacement board, the tag number
information will not be available in the output
signal.

9.7.5 ANALOG OUTPUT BOARD REPLACEMENT


(STANDARD C1D2 AND Z2 NON-HAZARDOUS AREAS)

Figure 9.7.5.1

Turn the instrument power switch to the off


position (located on the left side of the electronics
enclosure). Isolate the power to the unit by
throwing its associated breaker switch or by other
appropriate means.

Loosen the four door clamps and open the front


door of the electronics enclosure.

9-40 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.5.2

Put on the provided electrostatic discharge wrist


strap and attach to a grounded location. This
device must be worn (and grounded) while the
electronics enclosure door is open.

Figure 9.7.5.3

Note the position of the exposed switch near the analog


output terminal blocks. This switch determines whether
the output is remotely powered or internally powered.
This setting must be duplicated on the replacement
circuit board.

Analog power setting switch

Figure 9.7.5.4

Loosen and remove the four nuts holding the


interior panel in place. Set the nuts aside in a
safe place.

Figure 9.7.5.5

Carefully pull out the interior panel to expose the


printed circuit boards (PCBs) on the in-board side
of the interior panel.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-41


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.5.6

Locate the analog output circuit board on the


back of the interior panel. Label and disconnect
all wires and cables going to the analog output
circuit board.

Analog output circuit board

Figure 9.7.5.7

Gently loosen and remove the four nuts holding


the analog output board to the mounting
standoffs.

Figure 9.7.5.8

Gently remove the analog output board and set


aside in clean location.

If required, remove the standoffs from the four


mounting studs.

Figure 9.7.5.9

If required, replace the four standoffs on the four


mounting studs and torque them between 1.7 and
2.3 N-m (15 – 20 in-lbf).

Gently install the new analog output board onto


the mounting standoffs. The terminal block, fuse,
and switch must protrude through the outward-
facing side of the panel.

9-42 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.5.10

Install the new nuts on the threaded standoffs and


torque them between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m (15 – 20
in-lbf). Apply tamper evident seal to the screws.

Figure 9.7.5.11

Reconnect all wiring and cable connections


to the interior connection points on the analog
output board in the designated locations. Where
the analog output board has a new interconnect
cable(s), connect it (them) to the appropriate
location on the adjacent interior circuit boards.

Figure 9.7.5.12

Re-install the interior panel onto the four


mounting studs. Make sure the enclosure door
grounding cable (green with yellow stripe) is
slipped onto the lower-left mounting stud.

Grounding cable

Figure 9.7.5.13

Install the four mounting nuts onto the mounting


studs and torque them between 20 and 27 N-m
(180 to 240 in-lbf).

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-43


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.5.14

Set the switch next to the terminal blocks to the


same setting described in Figure 4. This switch
determines whether the output is remotely or
internally powered.

Analog power setting switch

Figure 9.7.5.15

Make sure the exterior facing relays are properly


seated and that their retaining clips are locked in
place.

Relays

Remove the ESD wrist strap from the unit.

Figure 9.7.5.16

Shut the enclosure door and tighten the toggle


clamps.

Toggle clamp

If equipped with a safety air purge system, follow


instructions for purging prior to re-establishing
power.

Re-establish power. Verify that the new analog


output is functional by testing the output.

9.7.6 ANALOG OUTPUT BOARD REPLACEMENT


(STANDARD C1D1 AND Z1 HAZARDOUS AREAS)

Figure 9.7.6.1

Turn the instrument power switch to the off


position (located on the left side of the electronics
enclosure). Isolate the power to the unit by
throwing its associated breaker switch or by other
appropriate means.

Loosen the four door clamps and open the front


door of the electronics enclosure.

9-44 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.6.2

Put on the provided electrostatic discharge wrist


strap and attach to a grounded location. This
device must be worn (and grounded) while the
electronics enclosure door is open.

Figure 9.7.6.3

Loosen and remove the four nuts holding the


interior panel in place. Set the nuts aside in a
safe place.

Figure 9.7.6.4

Carefully pull out the interior panel to expose the


printed circuit boards (PCBs) on the in-board side
of the interior panel.

Figure 9.7.6.5

Locate the analog output circuit board on the


back of the interior panel. Label and disconnect
all wires and cables going to both the interior and
exterior sides of the analog output circuit board.

Analog output circuit board

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-45


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.6.6

Gently loosen and remove the four nuts holding


the analog output board to the mounting
standoffs.

Figure 9.7.6.7

Gently remove the analog output board and set


aside in clean location.

Remove the standoffs from the four mounting


studs.

Figure 9.7.6.8

Replace the four standoffs on the four mounting


studs and torque them between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m
(15 – 20 in-lbf). Do not exceed.

Gently install the new analog output board onto


the mounting standoffs. The terminal block, fuse,
and switch must protrude through the outward-
facing side of the panel.

Figure 9.7.6.9

Install the new nuts on the threaded standoffs and


torque them between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m (15 – 20
in-lbf). Do not exceed. Apply tamper evident seal
to the screws. If the nuts have integrated lock
washers, the washers must face the circuit board.

9-46 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.6.10

Reconnect all wiring and cable connections to the


interior connection points on the analog output
board in the designated locations. Use a new
interconnect cable, if provided, to connect to the
E09 motherboard.

Figure 9.7.6.11

Re-install the interior panel onto the four


mounting studs. Make sure the enclosure door
grounding cable (green with yellow stripe) is
slipped onto the lower-left mounting stud.

Grounding cable

Figure 9.7.6.12

Install the four mounting nuts onto the mounting


studs and torque them between 20 and 27 N-m
(180 to 240 in-lbf).

Figure 9.7.6.13

Reconnect all wires leading to the exterior side


of the analog output circuit board. Make sure the
exterior facing relays are properly seated and that
their retaining clips are locked in place.

Relays

Remove the ESD wrist strap from the unit.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-47


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.6.14

Shut the enclosure door and tighten the toggle


clamps.

Toggle clamp

If equipped with a safety air purge system, follow


instructions for purging prior to re-establishing
power.

Re-establish power. Verify that the new analog


output is functional by testing the output.

9.7.7 E09 MOTHERBOARD REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.7.7.1

NOTE: Calibration and settings files are present


on the TD-USB and may be used at the end of
this procedure to restore calibrations and settings.
You can also use settings saved to a computer.
See Restoring the Monitor From Setup Files in
Chapter 7 of the user manual.

While the power is on, press the “–“ key on the


keypad.

NOTE: This step is extremely important and must


be performed prior to going any further. Pressing
the “–“ key allows the TD-USB key to be safely
removed.
“–” key
Proceed to the next step within 30 seconds or you
will need to repeat this step again.

Figure 9.7.7.2

Turn the monitor power switch to the off position


(located on the left side of the electronics
enclosure). Isolate the power to the unit by
throwing its associated breaker switch or by other
appropriate means.

Loosen the four door clamps and open the front


door of the electronics enclosure.

9-48 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.7.3

Put on the provided electrostatic discharge (ESD)


wrist strap and attach it to a grounded location.
This device must be worn (and grounded)
throughout all the open-enclosure steps.

Label and disconnect all wires connected to the


terminal blocks.

Terminal blocks

Figure 9.7.7.4

Carefully remove the TD-USB key from its port


and put it away in a safe, dry place.

TD-USB key

Figure 9.7.7.5

Loosen and remove the four nuts holding the


interior panel in place.

Figure 9.7.7.6

Carefully pull out the interior panel to expose the


printed circuit boards (PCBs) on the in-board side
of the panel.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-49


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.7.7

Locate the E09 motherboard. Label and


disconnect all wires and cables going to the other
circuit boards.

Relay circuit boards

E09 motherboard

Figure 9.7.7.8

Gently loosen and remove the four nuts holding


the E09 motherboard to the mounting standoffs.

Gently remove the E09 motherboard and set


aside in clean location.

Figure 9.7.7.9

Remove the standoffs from the four mounting


studs.

Replace the four standoffs on the four mounting


studs and torque them between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m
(15 – 20 in-lbf). Do not exceed.

Standoffs

Figure 9.7.7.10

Gently install the new E09 motherboard onto


the mounting standoffs. Make sure that the
large electronic components, i.e., connector
receptacles, are facing away from the interior
panel.

Start the new nuts onto the threaded standoffs


and torque them between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m (15 –
20 in-lbf). Do not exceed. Apply tamper evident
seal from the head of the screw to the circuit
board.

Connector receptacles

9-50 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.7.11

Reconnect all wiring and cable connections to


the E09 motherboard in the designated locations.
Connect the included new interconnect (ribbon)
cables to their appropriate locations on the
adjacent interior circuit boards.

Figure 9.7.7.12

Re-install the interior panel onto the four


mounting studs. Make sure the enclosure door
grounding cable (green with yellow stripe) is
slipped onto the lower-left mounting stud.

Grounding cable

Install the four mounting nuts onto the mounting


studs and torque them between 20 and 27 N-m
(180 to 240 in-lbf).
Figure 9.7.7.13

Re-install the TD-USB key in its port.

TD-USB key

Figure 9.7.7.14

Make sure the exterior facing relays are properly


seated and that their retaining clips are locked
in place. Reconnect all wires to their respective
terminal blocks.

Relays

Remove the ESD wrist strap from the unit.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-51


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.7.15

Shut the enclosure door and tighten the toggle


clamps.

Toggle clamp

If equipped with a safety air purge system, follow


instructions for purging prior to re-establishing
power. Otherwise, re-establish power.

Verify that the new system is operational by


checking that the monitor powers up correctly.

Figure 9.7.7.16

Restore system configuration settings from the


TD-USB key. Navigate to the Setup 2 screen, and
press “3” for Import.

At the Import System Setup screen, you can


press “1” to import from the TD-USB drive or
press “2” to reset factory defaults.

For more information, see Restoring the Monitor


From Setup Files in Chapter 7 of the user
manual.

9.7.8 ETHERNET CIRCUIT BOARD REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.7.8.1

While the power is on, press the “–“ key on the


keypad.

NOTE: This step is extremely important and must


be performed prior to going any further. Pressing
the “–“ key allows the TD-USB key to be safely
removed.

“–” key

Proceed to the next step within 30 seconds or you


will need to repeat this step again.

9-52 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.8.2

Turn the monitor power switch to the off position


(located on the left side of the electronics
enclosure). Isolate the power to the unit by
throwing its associated breaker switch or by other
appropriate means.

Loosen the four door clamps and open the front


door of the electronics enclosure.

Figure 9.7.8.3

Put on the provided electrostatic discharge wrist


strap and attach to a grounded location. This
device must be worn (and grounded) while the
electronics enclosure door is open.

Figure 9.7.8.4

Carefully remove the TD-USB key from its port


and put it away in a safe, dry place.

TD-USB key

Figure 9.7.8.5

Loosen and remove the four nuts holding the


interior panel in place. Set the nuts aside in a safe
location.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-53


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.8.6

Carefully pull out the interior panel to expose the


printed circuit boards and cables inside.

Interior panel

Figure 9.7.8.7

Locate the ribbon cable connecting the E09


motherboard and the Ethernet circuit board.

Gently cut away any silicon caulking holding the


cable to the circuit boards. Use caution not to
cut the surface of the circuit boards. Remove the
cable from the connectors on both circuit boards.

Figure 9.7.8.8

Gently loosen and remove the two nuts holding


the Ethernet circuit board mounting bracket to the
interior panel and set the Ethernet circuit board /
bracket assembly aside in a safe location.

Figure 9.7.8.9

Using the four standoffs and #4 machine screws


provided, mount the Ethernet circuit board on the
bracket, as shown.

Torque the four #4 machine screws between 0.3


and 0.5 N-m (2 – 4 in-lbf). Do not exceed.

NOTE: Make sure that the CAT5 / Ethernet


connection is oriented on the same side as the
bracket mounting flange.

9-54 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.8.10

Install the Ethernet circuit board / bracket


assembly on the backside of the interior panel.
Torque the two #6 nuts between 0.7 and 1.0 N-m
(6 – 8 in-lbf). Do not exceed.

Figure 9.7.8.11

Replace the ribbon cable removed in Figure


7 with a new one. Make sure the new cable’s
connectors are firmly seated in their sockets.

Run a bead of silicon caulking along the edges of


the connectors to secure the connection.

Figure 9.7.8.12

Re-install the interior panel onto the four


mounting studs. Make sure the enclosure door
grounding cable (green with yellow stripe) is
slipped onto the lower-left mounting stud.

Grounding cable

Figure 9.7.8.13

Install the four nuts onto the mounting studs and


torque them between 20 and 27 N-m (180 to 240
in-lbf).

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-55


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.8.14

Make sure the exterior facing relays are properly


seated and that their retaining clips are locked in
place.

Remove the ESD wrist strap from the unit.

Figure 9.7.8.15

Re-install the TD-USB key in its port.

TD-USB key

Figure 9.7.8.16

Shut the enclosure door and tighten the toggle


clamps.

Toggle clamp

If equipped with a safety air purge system, follow


instructions for purging prior to re-establishing
power.

Re-establish power. Verify that the new system is


operational by checking that the monitor powers
up correctly.

9-56 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

9.7.9 FLUOROMETER CIRCUIT BOARD REPLACEMENT

NOTE: Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments recommends that this procedure be performed by
an authorized service representative. It can be done by the end user on an emergency basis, but with
loss of some measurement capabilities.

Figure 9.7.9.1

Turn the monitor power switch to the off position


(located on the left side of the electronics
enclosure). Isolate the power to the unit by
throwing its associated breaker switch or by other
appropriate means.

Loosen the four door clamps and open the front


door of the electronics enclosure.

Figure 9.7.9.2

Put on the provided electrostatic discharge wrist


strap and attach to a grounded location. This
device must be worn (and grounded) while the
electronics enclosure door is open.

Label and disconnect wires connected to the


terminal blocks.

Terminal blocks

Figure 9.7.9.3

Loosen and remove the four nuts holding the


interior panel in place. Set the nuts aside in a safe
location.

Figure 9.7.9.4

Carefully pull out the interior panel to expose the


printed circuit boards (PCBs) on the in-board side
of the panel.

Label and disconnect the wires that run from the


interior circuit boards to all other components
within the electronics enclosure. Set the interior
panel aside.

Interior panel

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-57


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.9.5

Locate the E09 fluorometer circuit board, which is


mounted to the rear interior panel.

E09 fluorometer circuit board

Figure 9.7.9.6

Locate the ribbon cable (upper-left side of the


E09 fluorometer circuit board). Carefully cut the
silicon caulking securing the connector to the
circuit board and disconnect it from its socket.
Label this ribbon cable for re-installation.

Figure 9.7.9.7

Disconnect the instrument power switch by


rotating the black lever towards the opening of
the electronics enclosure (counter-clockwise
rotation).

Figure 9.7.9.8

If present, unscrew the crimping hose clamps on


the black hoses before pulling them free from the
black enclosure on the right side of the system.

If present, carefully cut the cable ties holding the


black hoses in place. Remove the black hoses
and store in a safe location.

9-58 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.9.9

Carefully cut the silicon caulking holding the two


wiring harness connectors attached to the circuit
board.

Harness connectors

Figure 9.7.9.10

Carefully disconnect the two wiring harnesses


shown in Figure 9 from the circuit board.

Figure 9.7.9.11

Carefully remove the nine screws and washers


holding the circuit board to the attached mounting
panel.

Figure 9.7.9.12

Individually disconnect and label each wire


connected to the AC power supply, as shown in
this figure.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-59


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.9.13

Carefully remove the E09 fluorometer board from


inside the enclosure and place in a clean, safe
location.

Figure 9.7.9.14

Prior to installation of the new E09 fluorometer


board, verify that you have all the necessary
components needed to complete final assembly.
Hoses
E09 fluorometer board mounting screws
E09 flurometer board (new)
Interior panel mounting nuts
Interconnect ribbon cables
Interior panel

Figure 9.7.9.15

Insert the E09 fluorometer circuit board as shown


and re-attach the wires to the AC power supply in
their appropriate locations.

NOTE: Be sure to use the bare minimum torque


necessary to attach the wire terminals to the AC
Power Supply. Typically use no more than 7 N-m
(5 in-lbf). Do not exceed.
Figure 9.7.9.16

Carefully position the new circuit board inside the


enclosure so that the holes are aligned with the
holes on the standoffs attached to the mounting
plate.

Use the new screws and washers provided to


mount the motherboard (nine mounting locations).
Do not fully tighten any of the screws.

Once all nine of the circuit board screws have


been started, torque them between 1.7 and 2.3
N-m (15 – 20 in-lbf). Do not exceed. Apply tamper
evident seal from the head of the screws to the
circuit board.

9-60 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.9.17

Reconnect all wire connections, including the


interconnect (ribbon) cable to the upper-left side
of the E09 fluorometer circuit board.

Apply a bead of silicon caulking along the edge of


the connector to secure the connection.

See Figures 4 and 6.

Figure 9.7.9.18

Reconnect the two wiring harnesses, verifying


that the connectors are firmly engaged to the
mating pins. See Figure 9. Then run a bead of
silicon caulking along the edge of the connectors
and the circuit board to secure the connections.

Figure 9.7.9.19

If present, re-attach the black hoses to the


connections on the black enclosure.

If present, use cable ties to attach the free ends


of the black hoses to the mounting studs behind
the circuit board.

NOTE: The approximate 180° bend in the hose is


essential and must be maintained.

Figure 9.7.9.20

Reconnect the instrument power switch by


placing it against its mounting stud and rotating
the black lever away from the opening of the
electronics enclosure (clockwise rotation).

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-61


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.9.21

Re-install the interior panel onto the four


mounting studs. Make sure the enclosure door
grounding cable (green with yellow stripe) is
slipped onto the lower-left mounting stud.

Grounding cable

Install the four mounting nuts onto the mounting


studs and torque them between 20 and 27 N-m
(180 to 240 in-lbf).
Figure 9.7.9.22

Make sure the exterior facing relays are properly


seated and that their retaining clips are locked
in place. Reconnect all wires to their respective
terminal blocks.

Relays

Remove the ESD wrist strap from the unit.

Figure 9.7.9.23

Shut the enclosure door and tighten the toggle


clamps.

Toggle clamp

If equipped with a safety air purge system, follow


instructions for purging prior to re-establishing
power.

Re-establish power. Verify that the new system is


operational by checking that the monitor powers
up correctly.

NOTE: The monitor must be recalibrated. When


replacing the E09 fluorometer circuit board, the
full-scale fluorescence output might no longer be
10,000 RFU, as described in the manual. It might
exceed what can be displayed, or it might be less.

9-62 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

9.7.10 INTERCONNECT CABLES REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.7.10.1

Turn the monitor power switch to the off position


(located on the left side of the electronics
enclosure). Isolate the power to the unit by
throwing its associated breaker switch or by other
appropriate means.

Loosen the four door clamps and open the front


door of the electronics enclosure.

Figure 9.7.10.2

Put on the provided electrostatic discharge wrist


strap and attach to a grounded location. This
device must be worn (and grounded) while the
electronics enclosure door is open.

Figure 9.7.10.3

Loosen and remove the four nuts holding the


interior panel in place. Set the nuts aside in a safe
location.

Figure 9.7.10.4

Carefully pull out the interior panel to expose the


printed circuit boards (PCBs) and cables inside.

Locate the interconnect (ribbon) cable connecting


the E09 fluorometer circuit board and the E09
motherboard (on the backside of the interior
panel).

E09 fluorometer circuit board


Interconnect (ribbon) cable
Interior panel

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-63


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.10.5

Gently cut away any silicon caulking holding the


cable to the circuit boards. Use caution not to
cut the surface of the circuit boards. Remove the
cable from the connectors on both circuit boards.

Figure 9.7.10.6

Replace the just removed cable with a new one.


Make sure the new cable is firmly seated into its
sockets.

Figure 9.7.10.7

Run a bead of silicon caulking along the edges of


the connectors to secure the connection.

Figure 9.7.10.8

Locate the ribbon cable that connects the two


back-to-back relay circuit boards.

Unclip the connectors from the sockets and


remove the cable.

Replace the just removed cable with a new one.


Make sure the new cable’s connectors are firmly
seated into their sockets.

9-64 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.10.9

Locate the ribbon cable that connects the bottom


relay circuit board and the E09 motherboard.

Unclip the connectors from the sockets and


remove the cable.

Replace the just removed cable with a new one.


Make sure the new cable’s connectors are firmly
seated into their sockets.

Figure 9.7.10.10

Locate the ribbon cable connecting the E09


motherboard and the analog output circuit board,
which is mounted next to it.

Analog output circuit board

Unclip the connectors from the sockets and


remove the cable.

Replace the just removed cable with a new one.


Make sure the new cable’s connectors are firmly
seated into their sockets.
Figure 9.7.10.11

Locate the ribbon cable connecting the E09


motherboard and the Ethernet circuit board.

Gently cut away any silicon caulking holding the


cable to the printed circuit boards. Use caution
not to cut the surface of the circuit boards.
Remove the cable from the connectors on both
circuit boards.

Replace the just removed cable with a new one.


Make sure the new cable is firmly seated into its
sockets.

Run a bead of silicon caulking along the edges of


the connectors to secure the connection.
Figure 9.7.10.12

Re-install the interior panel onto the four


mounting studs. Make sure the enclosure door
grounding cable (green with yellow stripe) is
slipped onto the lower-left mounting stud.

Grounding cable

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-65


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.10.13

Install the four nuts onto the mounting studs and


torque them between 20 and 27 N-m (180 to 240
in-lbf).

Figure 9.7.10.14

Make sure the exterior facing relays are properly


seated and that their retaining clips are locked in
place.

Relays

Remove the ESD wrist strap from the unit.

Figure 9.7.10.15

Shut the enclosure door and tighten the toggle


clamps.

Toggle clamp

If equipped with a safety air purge system, follow


instructions for purging prior to re-establishing
power.

Re-establish power. Verify that the new system is


operational by checking that the monitor powers
up correctly.

9.7.11 KEYPAD REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.7.11.1

Turn the monitor power switch to the off position


(located on the left side of the electronics
enclosure). Isolate the power to the unit by
throwing its associated breaker switch or by other
appropriate means.

Loosen the four door clamps and open the front


door of the electronics enclosure.

9-66 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.11.2

Put on the provided electrostatic discharge (ESD)


wrist strap and attach to a grounded location. The
ESD wrist strap must be worn (and grounded)
while the electronics enclosure door is open.

Figure 9.7.11.3

Carefully remove the four nuts holding the LCD/


keypad shielding panel on the back side of the
enclosure door. Set the nuts aside in a safe
location.

Figure 9.7.11.4

Remove the LCD/keypad shield and set it aside


in a clean location.

Figure 9.7.11.5

At the LCD circuit board, carefully disconnect the


ribbon cable running to the keypad.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-67


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.11.6

Loosen the four nuts on the four machine screws


holding the keypad to the enclosure door.
Remove the machine screws.

Figure 9.7.11.7

Gently pry off the keypad from the front of the


enclosure door. The keypad has an adhesive
gasket, which holds it to the door, so some effort
may be needed to remove it.

Use a gentle scraping action to remove any


residual gasket material from the enclosure door.

Important: Clean the enclosure door surface to


remove any dirt, oil, residue, and remainder of
gasket material. Failure to remove the residue
could compromise the purge system and cause
damage to the monitor.
Figure 9.7.11.8

Peel off one side of the protective material from


the gasket. Attach it to the back side of the
keypad so that the holes in the keypad align with
the holes in the gasket.

Remove the protective cover from the opposite


side of the gasket, but do not attach it to the
enclosure yet.

Figure 9.7.11.9

Insert the four new machine screws through the


mounting holes of the keypad.

Insert the keypad into the front door of the


enclosure with the screw holes properly aligned
for the screws to pass through.

Start the nuts onto the machine screws on the


back side of the electronics enclosure door and
torque them between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m (15 – 20
in-lbf). Do not exceed.

9-68 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.11.10

Attach the new ribbon cable between the keypad


and the LCD circuit board. Make sure to observe
the polarity of the cable connection. Make sure
the ribbon cable connector is securely locked into
place.

Figure 9.7.11.11

Replace the LCD/keypad shielding panel onto the


mounting studs.

Figure 9.7.11.12

Start the four shield mounting nuts onto the studs


and torque them between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m (15 –
20 in-lbf). Do not exceed.

Figure 9.7.11.13

Shut the enclosure door and tighten the toggle


clamps.

Toggle clamp

If equipped with a safety air purge system, follow


instructions for purging prior to re-establishing
power.

Re-establish power. Verify that the new kepad


installation is functional by testing keys.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-69


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

9.7.12 LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY (LCD) REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.7.12.1

Turn the monitor power switch to the off position


(located on the left side of the electronics
enclosure). Isolate the power to the unit by
throwing its associated breaker switch or by other
appropriate means.

Loosen the four door clamps and open the front


door of the electronics enclosure.

Figure 9.7.12.2

Put on the provided electrostatic discharge (ESD)


wrist strap and attach to a grounded location. The
ESD wrist strap must be worn (and grounded)
while the electronics enclosure door is open.

Figure 9.7.12.3

Carefully remove the four nuts holding the


display/keypad shielding panel on the back side
of the enclosure door. Set the nuts aside in a safe
location.

Figure 9.7.12.4

Remove the display/keypad shield and set it


aside in a clean location.

9-70 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.12.5

Carefully disconnect the ribbon cable running to


the keypad from the display circuit board.

Figure 9.7.12.6

Carefully disconnect the ribbon cable running to


the interior circuit board from the display circuit
board.

NOTE: It is not necessary at this point to


disconnect the other end of this cable.

Use a utility knife or other sharp blade to carefully


remove the silicon adhesive applied to the
connector.
Figure 9.7.12.7

Loosen and remove the four standoffs attached


to the screws that pass through the front of the
enclosure door.

NOTE: Do not remove the four machine screws


from the front door yet.

Figure 9.7.12.8

Gently remove the display circuit board from the


mounting screws.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-71


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.12.9

Remove the four spacers from the screws. Set


them aside in a safe place.

Loosen the four machine screws from the


mounting assembly. Set the mounting assembly
aside in a safe place.

Figure 9.7.12.10

Remove the four machine screws from the front


of the electronics enclosure door.

Figure 9.7.12.11

Gently pry off the display window from the back of


the enclosure door. The gasket uses adhesive to
hold the window to the door, so some effort may
be needed to remove the window.

Use a gentle scraping action to remove residual


gasket material from the enclosure door.

Important: Clean the enclosure door surface to


remove any dirt, oil, residue, and remainder of
gasket material. Failure to remove the residue
could compromise the purge system and cause
damage to the monitor.
Figure 9.7.12.12

Peel off one side of the protective material from


the gasket. Attach it to the back side of the new
display window so that the holes in the display
window align with the holes in the gasket.

Remove the protective cover from the opposite


side of the gasket, but do not attach to the
enclosure yet.

Insert the four new screws through the mounting


holes for the display in the electronics enclosure
door.

9-72 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.12.13

Insert the display window into the back side of the


front door, with the screw holes properly aligned
for the screws to pass through.

Insert the new mounting assembly onto the four


screws.

Tighten the four machine screws to the mounting


assembly. Torque them between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m
(15 – 20 in-lbf). Do not exceed.

Figure 9.7.12.14

Position the four spacers onto the four screws for


attaching the display to the enclosure door.

Figure 9.7.12.15

Carefully position the display circuit board onto


the four screws.

Figure 9.7.12.16

Attach the four standoffs to the screws


penetrating through the display circuit board.
Torque the standoffs between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m
(15 – 20 in-lbf). Do not exceed. Apply tamper
evident seal.

Standoffs

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-73


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.12.17

Attach the new interconnect (ribbon) cable to the


display circuit board in the appropriate location.
Be sure to observe the polarity. Re-apply silicon
caulking to the connector.

Re-attach the existing ribbon cable between the


keypad and the display circuit board. Make sure
to observe the polarity of the cable connection.
Make sure the ribbon cable connector is securely
locked into place.

Replace the display/keypad shielding panel onto


the mounting studs.
Figure 9.7.12.18

Start the four shield mounting nuts onto the studs


and torque them between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m (15 –
20 in-lbf).

Figure 9.7.12.19

Loosen and remove the four nuts holding the


interior panel in place. Set the nuts aside in a safe
location.

Figure 9.7.12.20

Carefully pull out the interior panel to expose the


circuit boards inside.

Interconnect ribbon cable

9-74 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.12.21

Locate the original cable that connected


the E09 motherboard and the display circuit
board. Disconnect the end attached to the E09
motherboard and remove this cable.

Attach the end of the new cable running from


the display circuit board to the E09 motherboard.
Be sure to observe the polarity of the cable
connection.

Connector receptacle (E09 motherboard)


Figure 9.7.12.22

Pass the cable through the notch on the side of


the interior panel.

Re-install the interior panel onto the four


mounting studs. Make sure the enclosure
door grounding cable attaches to the lower left
mounting stud.

Install the four mounting nuts onto the mounting


studs and torque them between 20 and 27 N-m
(180 to 240 in-lbf).
Figure 9.7.12.23

Shut the enclosure door and tighten the toggle


clamps.

Toggle clamp

If equipped with a safety air purge system, follow


instructions for purging prior to re-establishing
power.

Re-establish power and observe the display to


verify that it is functioning properly.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-75


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

9.7.13 RELAY CIRCUIT BOARD REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.7.13.1

Turn the monitor power switch to the off position


(located on the left side of the electronics
enclosure). Isolate the power to the unit by
throwing its associated breaker switch or by other
appropriate means.

Loosen the four door clamps and open the front


door of the electronics enclosure.

Figure 9.7.13.2

Put on the provided electrostatic discharge (ESD)


wrist strap and attach to a grounded location. The
ESD wrist strap must be worn (and grounded)
while the electronics enclosure door is open.

Figure 9.7.13.3

Label and disconnect all wires going to the relay


terminal blocks.

Relay terminal blocks

Figure 9.7.13.4

Loosen and remove the four nuts holding the


interior panel in place. Set the nuts aside in a safe
location.

9-76 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.13.5

Carefully pull out the interior panel to expose the


printed circuit boards (PCBs) on the in-board side
of the panel.

Figure 9.7.13.6

Locate the interior relay boards. Label and


disconnect all wires and cables going to the
interior relay board.

E09 motherboard

Interior relay board

Figure 9.7.13.7

Gently loosen and remove the four nuts holding


the interior relay board to the mounting standoffs.

Interior (top) relay board

Exterior (bottom) relay board

Figure 9.7.13.8

Gently remove the interior (top) relay board and


the interconnect cable connecting it to the exterior
(bottom) relay board. Be sure to note the location
of the connectors. Set aside the interior relay
board in a clean location.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-77


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.13.9

Remove the interconnect ribbon cable from the


exterior relay board. Be sure to note its location.

Figure 9.7.13.10

Gently loosen and remove the four standoffs


holding the exterior relay board in place.

Figure 9.7.13.11

Gently remove the exterior relay board from the


mounting studs.

Figure 9.7.13.12

Gently remove the four unthreaded standoffs


from the mounting studs. Replace them with the
four new unthreaded standoffs provided with the
service kit.

9-78 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.13.13

Position the exterior relay board so that the


relays, fuses, and terminals protrude through the
panel in the appropriate locations.

Figure 9.7.13.14

Start the new standoffs onto the mounting studs


and torque them between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m (15 –
20 in-lbf). Do not exceed. Apply tamper evident
seal from the head of the screw to the circuit
board.

Figure 9.7.13.15

Connect the new interconnect cables to their


appropriate locations on the adjacent interior
circuit boards.

Figure 9.7.13.16

Gently install the interior relay board, with the


relays facing you, onto the threaded standoffs.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-79


Rev G User Manual
MAINTENANCE E09 TD-4100XD

Figure 9.7.13.17

Start the new nuts onto the standoffs and torque


them between 1.7 and 2.3 N-m (15 – 20 in-
lbf). Do not exceed. Apply tamper evident seal
from the head of the screw to the circuit board.
Reconnect all remaining connections to the
interior (top) relay board.

Figure 9.7.13.18

Re-install the interior panel onto the four


mounting studs. Make sure the enclosure door
grounding cable (green with yellow stripe) is
slipped onto the lower-left mounting stud.

Grounding cable

Figure 9.7.13.19

Install the four nuts onto the mounting studs and


torque them between 20 and 27 N-m (180 to 240
in-lbf).

Figure 9.7.13.20

Make sure the exterior facing relays are properly


seated and that their retaining clips are locked
in place. Reconnect all wires to their respective
terminal blocks. Test all connections.

Relays

Remove the ESD wrist strap from the unit.

9-80 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD MAINTENANCE

Figure 9.7.13.21

Shut the enclosure door and tighten the toggle


clamps.

Toggle clamp

If equipped with a safety air purge system, follow


instructions for purging prior to re-establishing
power.

Re-establish power. Verify that the new relay


boards are functional by powering up the monitor
and testing various alarm relays and outputs.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 9-81


Rev G User Manual
10 CHARTS

This chapter includes the following work flows and keypad menus:

• Power-up sequence
• Setup menu
• Cleaning menu
• Diagnostic menu
CHARTS E09 TD-4100XD

New firmware
Check TD-USB present Upload new firmware
Power-up for new
firmware

New
firmware
not present TDHI LOGO TD-USB Status Accessories Check HOME Normal Mode

Legend

Sync TD-USB
Power-up Switch
Insert TD-USB Delete excess files
Update DIAG, Datalog & HOME Normal Mode
after power-up
Events files

Function Key

Setup 1 Menu Title


Normal Mode Trend Mode Statistics Mode

1. Calibration Menu Item

Enter Range A User Input

Safely ejects the USB drive for removal.


Switch to Selected System Function
Sample

10-2 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CHARTS

Setup 1

1. Calibration Cal Mode


1. Hydrocarbon Select Sample
1. Sample A Hydro Cal A Menu
[0]
1. Calibrate Enter Range A Select Method HV Adjust (arrows)

2. Reset Calibration 1. Measure Standards Standards A [ESC]

3. Summary 2. Enter Constants A


4. Offset Correction Enter Offset A

Inject Standard
Enter Std Conc
(XDC only)

Enter Constants A
Can enter up
1. Constant A to 100
standards.
2. Constant B Choose Regression
Enter Constant A
3. Constant C
Enter Constant B
4. Use Sample B
Enter Constant C constants

2. Sample B Hydro Cal B Menu


(if Sample Diverter [0]
1. Calibrate Enter Range B Select Method HV Adjust (arrows)
installed)
2. Reset Calibration 1. Measure Standards Standards B [ESC]

3. Summary 2. Enter Constants B


4. Offset Correction Enter Offset B
Inject Standard
(XDC only) Enter Std Conc

Enter Constants B
1. Constant A Can enter up
Enter Constant A to 100
2. Constant B standards.
Enter Constant B Choose Regression
3. Constant C
Enter Constant C
4. Use Sample A
constants

2. Cell Condition Select Sample


(Optional System)
1. Sample A Switch to Selected
Save Iref
2. Sample B Sample

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 10-3


Rev G User Manual
CHARTS E09 TD-4100XD

2. 4-20mA 4-20mA Scaling 4-20mA Scaling A


1. Sample A 1. 4 mA Enter 4mA PPM

2. 20 mA Enter 20mA PPM

2. Sample B 4-20mA Scaling B

1. 4 mA Enter 4mA PPM


2. 20 mA Enter 20mA PPM

3. 4-20mA Test 4-20mA Test


1. 4 mA 4 mA output to user
2. 12 mA 12 mA output to user

2. 20 mA 20 mA output to user

3. Cleaning
(Optional Cleaning
System) 1. Clean on Timer
2. Clean on Cell Alarm

3. Start Date & Time Start Date & Time


1. Start Date Enter Start Date
2. Start Time Enter Start Time

4. Cleaning Frequency Cleaning Frequency


5. Cleaning Sequence Cleaning Sequence
1. Cleaning Time Enter Cleaning Time

2. Flush Time Enter Flush Time


3. Stabilize Time Enter Stabilize Time
4. Flush to: BPR
Vent

Trend

1. Time Interval Enter Time Interval

2. Minimum PPM A Enter Min PPM A Value


4. Trend
3. Maximum PPM A Enter Max PPM A Value

4. Minimum PPM B Enter Min PPM B Value


5. Maximum PPM B Enter Max PPM B Value

10-4 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CHARTS

5. Alarms Alarms

0. HiHi A

1. Hi A Example: Hi A
2. Zero A For each alarm:
Hi Alarm A
3. Cell A
1. Enabled Disabled
4. System
2. Set Point Enter Hi A Set Point
5. HiHi B
3. Delay Enter Hi A Delay
6. Hi B
4. Latched Unlatched
7. Zero B
8. Cell B

9. Cleaning
Stream B menu choices
are only available with
Stream Diverter installed
6. Relays Relays
Example: Relay-1
1. Relay-1 For each relay:
Relay -1 Setup
2. Relay-2
0. HiHi A
3. Relay-3

4. Relay-4 1. Hi A

5. Test Relays 2. Zero A

3. Cell A
Test Relays
4. System

5. HiHi B

6. Hi B

7. Zero B

8. Cell B

9. Cleaning

7. Change Lamp Confirm Lamp Change Reset Lamp Timer

8. Setup 2 Setup 2
1. Datalog Datalog
1. Enabled Disabled

2. Datalog Frequency Enter Datalog Frequency Report Datalog Capacity

3. Datalog Variables Select Datalog Variables


4. Memory Management
FIFO Fill & Stop

5. Delete Datalog Files Select Files to Delete

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 10-5


Rev G User Manual
CHARTS E09 TD-4100XD

2. Access Access Code


1. Enter Access Code Enter Access Code IF Service, add items to Setup 2.

2. Change User Access Code Enter Master Access Code Enter New User Access Code

3. Log Out Access Terminated

3. Import Import Setup


1. Import From TD-USB

2. Reset Factory Defaults

4. Clock Clock

1. Set Date Set Date


2. Set Time Set Time

3. Set Date Format Set Date Format

5. Sample Sample Switch


(Optional
System) 1. Position: A only
B only
A B

2. Timing Sample Switch Timing


1. Measure Time A Enter Measure Time A
2. Purge Time A Enter Purge Time A
3. Measure Time B Enter Measure Time B
4. Purge Time B Enter Purge Time A

6. Tag Number Enter Tag Number

10-6 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD CHARTS

Not Installed Manual Cleaning


Check for TDHI
Press [ENT when cell Stabilizing…
Automatic Cleaning
is clean Press [ESC] to abort
System
Press [ESC] to abort

Cleaning
Installed Cleaning Cycle HOME Screen
1. Start Automatic Progress Normal Mode
Press [ESC] to abort
2. Start Manual

Hydrocarbon A Calibration
Diagnostics 1 Diagnostics 2 Diagnostics 3 Event History Scheduled Events Method: Std or Constants
Serial Number Initial Power up No. Standards, % of range
Tag# Last Power up RFU Value & Stability Lamp Change Range
Manufacture Date Operating Hours HV Value & Stability Events 0-99 Cell Cleaning Constants A, B, C
4100 Firmware Last Service RPM Value & Stability Sample Switch Correlation Coefficient
Gen-II Firmware Lamp Change Cell % Value & Stability Aux 1 Offset
LCD Firmware Lamp Hours Lamp ON/OFF Aux 2 Last Calibration Date
Hall ON/OFF 4-20 mA Scaling

Relay Status Alarm Status Cell Condition A Hydrocarbon B Calibration


Temperatures (degC)
USB & Battery Method: Std or Constants
Current and Max
For each alarm: Cell PD picoamps No. Standards, % of range
Temperatures for Lamp
TD-USB disk Lamp PD picoamps Range
Housing and Instrument
present/absent Normal or Alarm status ON, OFF or Pending Lamp Stability, % Constants A, B, C
Enclosure
KB Free for each relay Enabled or Disabled Last Calibration Date Correlation Coefficient
Date of Lamp Max Temp
KB Total IREF A Offset
Date of Enclosure Max
Battery OK/Replace IT A Last Calibration Date
Cell Condition, % 4-20 mA Scaling

Cell condition screen displays The “B” Calibration screen


information for currently applies only to systems with
monitored sample (if Cell Stream Diverter installed
Condition Monitoring is
installed)

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 10-7


Rev G User Manual
11 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS

Typical general arrangement drawings showing front, bottom, left, right, and back views are provided
below. The features and functions of each labeled part on these general arrangement drawings are
described in the GLOSSARY. Note that the shown drawings are typical and not specific to any provided
monitor.
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS E09 TD-4100XD

NOTES: THIS DRAWING CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY PROPERTY OF
TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS INC., AND ITS DESIGN, DETAIL AND INVENTION, ARE THE PROPERTY OF
TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS, INC., SUBMITTED TO THE RECIPIENT IN CONFIDENCE AND SHALL NOT
BE COPIED IN ANY MANNER NOR DISCLOSED TO ANY OUTSIDE PARTY WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF AN

(1) ALL CONNECTION DIMENSION TOLERANCES AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF THIS COMPANY. THEY SHALL BE USED EXCLUSIVELY FOR REFERENCE WORK ON CONTRACTS
OR PROPOSALS SUBMITTED BY TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS INC. AND SHALL BE RETURNED ON

ARE TO BE PLUS OR MINUS 1/4".


REQUEST. THIS DRAWING MUST BE KEPT ONLY IN THE CONFIDENTIAL FILES OF TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON
INSTRUMENTS INC., WHEN NOT IN USE. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

CALIBRATION/CLEANING
AIR DRYER BOTTLE

CALIBRATION/CLEANING
VORTEX COOLER BOTTLE VALVE

INSTRUMENT LCD AUTO-VALVE


MINIMUM CLEARANCE FOR CALIBRATION AND CLEANING BOTTLE REMOVAL

DISPLAY WINDOW SYSTEM ACTUATOR


POSITION INDICATOR

PNEUMATIC AUTO-VALVE
KEYPAD SYSTEM ACTUATOR

PRIMARY VISUAL
PURGE PRESSURE
INDICATOR
WITH INTEGRAL
ALARM CONTACTS
MAIN INSTRUMENT
POWER SWITCH
PNEUMATIC AUTO-VALVE
CONTROL SWITCH
96" 2438

SAMPLE PUMP IN
CONTROL SWITCH
SAMPLE PUMP OUT ENCLOSURE
CONTROL SWITCH PURGE PROTECTION
74 1/2" 1892

PRESSURE REGULATOR
ENCLOSURE
PURGE PROTECTION
SYSTEM PRESSURE AIR CURTAIN
GAUGE PRESSURE REGULATOR
AIR CURTAIN
FLOWMETER SAMPLE PORT
AIR CURTAIN
PRESSURE GAUGE VORTEX AIR
PRESSURE REGULATOR
VORTEX AIR
FLOWMETER SAMPLE PUMP IN AIR
VORTEX AIR PRESSURE REGULATOR
PRESSURE GAUGE
SAMPLE PUMP IN SAMPLE PUMP OUT AIR
AIR FLOWMETER PRESSURE REGULATOR
SAMPLE PUMP IN AIR
PRESSURE GAUGE
SAMPLE PUMP OUT
AIR FLOWMETER

SAMPLE PUMP OUT AIR FRONT VIEW


PRESSURE GAUGE
A DPK 1/31/13 ECN 3301

REV APVD DATE DESCRIPTION

2023 N. GATEWAY BLVD


SUITE 101
FRESNO, CA 93727, USA
559-253-1414
559-253-1090 fax
DESCRIPTION

TD-4100-XD GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MATERIAL

DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE SHEET

SAB CWR 1/14/13 1 OF 5

A
SIZE SCALE DRAWING NUMBER

NONE 104655

11-2 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS

NOTES:
THIS DRAWING CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY PROPERTY OF
TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS INC., AND ITS DESIGN, DETAIL AND INVENTION, ARE THE PROPERTY OF
TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS, INC., SUBMITTED TO THE RECIPIENT IN CONFIDENCE AND SHALL NOT
BE COPIED IN ANY MANNER NOR DISCLOSED TO ANY OUTSIDE PARTY WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF AN
AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF THIS COMPANY. THEY SHALL BE USED EXCLUSIVELY FOR REFERENCE WORK ON CONTRACTS
(1) ALL CONNECTION DIMENSION TOLERANCES OR PROPOSALS SUBMITTED BY TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS INC. AND SHALL BE RETURNED ON
REQUEST. THIS DRAWING MUST BE KEPT ONLY IN THE CONFIDENTIAL FILES OF TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON
ARE TO BE PLUS OR MINUS 1/4". INSTRUMENTS INC., WHEN NOT IN USE. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

20" 508
4" 102 12" 305
7 1/2" 191
5/8" 16 5 1/2" 140
2 7/8" 73

5 7/8" 149

(2) 1/2"
ELECTRIC
CONDUIT
23 3/4" 603

KNOCKOUTS
25" 635

1" 25
SAMPLE DRAIN

7 7/8" 198

26 1/4" 666
SAMPLE DRAIN FROM BUBBLE TRAP
4X 3/8" 10
MOUNTING HOLES
BOTTOM VIEW

A DPK 1/31/13 ECN 3301

REV APVD DATE DESCRIPTION

2023 N. GATEWAY BLVD


SUITE 101
FRESNO, CA 93727, USA
559-253-1414
559-253-1090 fax
DESCRIPTION

TD-4100-XD GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MATERIAL

DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE SHEET

SAB CWR 1/14/13 2 OF 5

A
SIZE SCALE DRAWING NUMBER

NONE 104655

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 11-3


Rev G User Manual
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS E09 TD-4100XD

NOTES: THIS DRAWING CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY PROPERTY OF
TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS INC., AND ITS DESIGN, DETAIL AND INVENTION, ARE THE PROPERTY OF
TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS, INC., SUBMITTED TO THE RECIPIENT IN CONFIDENCE AND SHALL NOT
BE COPIED IN ANY MANNER NOR DISCLOSED TO ANY OUTSIDE PARTY WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF AN

(1) ALL CONNECTION DIMENSION TOLERANCES


AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF THIS COMPANY. THEY SHALL BE USED EXCLUSIVELY FOR REFERENCE WORK ON CONTRACTS
OR PROPOSALS SUBMITTED BY TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS INC. AND SHALL BE RETURNED ON
REQUEST. THIS DRAWING MUST BE KEPT ONLY IN THE CONFIDENTIAL FILES OF TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON
ARE TO BE PLUS OR MINUS 1/4". INSTRUMENTS INC., WHEN NOT IN USE. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

POSITIVE PURGE PRESSURE


VISUAL INDICATOR
GREEN LIGHT
SAMPLE INLET VALVE

1/8" 2
FRONT MOUNTED
SAMPLE PORT

PNEUMATIC AUTOVALVE CONTROL SWITCH


SAMPLE PUMP RETURN POWER SWITCH

SAMPLE PUMP IN POWER SWITCH

INSTRUMENT POWER SWITCH

SAMPLE WATER INLET


42 3/4" 1086

45 3/4" 1162

48 3/4" 1238

51 3/4" 1315

HOSE ATTACHED
( 3/4" x 36" FLEXIBLE BRAIDED
SST HOSE WITH TEFLON LINER
& (2) 3/4" MNPT TUBE FITTINGS)

3/8" 10
GROUNDING TAB

2 5/8" 68 20" 508 A DPK 1/31/13 ECN 3301

REV APVD DATE DESCRIPTION


22" 559
1 1/2" 38 2023 N. GATEWAY BLVD
SUITE 101
FRESNO, CA 93727, USA
559-253-1414
559-253-1090 fax
LEFT VIEW DESCRIPTION

TD-4100-XD GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MATERIAL

DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE SHEET

SAB CWR 1/14/13 3 OF 5

A
SIZE SCALE DRAWING NUMBER

NONE 104655

11-4 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS

NOTES:
THIS DRAWING CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY PROPERTY OF
TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS INC., AND ITS DESIGN, DETAIL AND INVENTION, ARE THE PROPERTY OF
TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS, INC., SUBMITTED TO THE RECIPIENT IN CONFIDENCE AND SHALL NOT
BE COPIED IN ANY MANNER NOR DISCLOSED TO ANY OUTSIDE PARTY WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF AN
AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF THIS COMPANY. THEY SHALL BE USED EXCLUSIVELY FOR REFERENCE WORK ON CONTRACTS
(1) ALL CONNECTION DIMENSION TOLERANCES OR PROPOSALS SUBMITTED BY TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS INC. AND SHALL BE RETURNED ON
REQUEST. THIS DRAWING MUST BE KEPT ONLY IN THE CONFIDENTIAL FILES OF TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON

ARE TO BE PLUS OR MINUS 1/4". INSTRUMENTS INC., WHEN NOT IN USE. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

BUBBLE TRAP
(DO NOT MODIFY)

SAMPLE LINE TO
FALLING STREAM
FLOW CELL

DESICCANT PLUG

FALLING STREAM
VIEWPORT COVER

FALLING STREAM
FLOW CELL

LAMP HOUSING

SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENT
SCREW PLUG

FRONT MOUNTED
SAMPLE PORT
SAMPLE WATER OUTLET
HOSE ATTACHED
( 3/4" x 36" FLEXIBLE BRAIDED
SST HOSE WITH TEFLON LINER
& (2) 3/4" MNPT TUBE FITTINGS)

3/8" 10
GROUNDING TAB

4" 102
10 3/8" 265

1 7/8" 46 A DPK 1/31/13 ECN 3301

REV APVD DATE DESCRIPTION


20" 508
2023 N. GATEWAY BLVD
SUITE 101
FRESNO, CA 93727, USA
RIGHT VIEW 559-253-1414
559-253-1090 fax
DESCRIPTION

TD-4100-XD GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MATERIAL

DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE SHEET

SAB CWR 1/14/13 4 OF 5

A
SIZE SCALE DRAWING NUMBER

NONE 104655

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 11-5


Rev G User Manual
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS E09 TD-4100XD

NOTES: THIS DRAWING CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY PROPERTY OF
TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS INC., AND ITS DESIGN, DETAIL AND INVENTION, ARE THE PROPERTY OF
TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS, INC., SUBMITTED TO THE RECIPIENT IN CONFIDENCE AND SHALL NOT
BE COPIED IN ANY MANNER NOR DISCLOSED TO ANY OUTSIDE PARTY WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF AN
(1) ALL CONNECTION DIMENSION TOLERANCES AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF THIS COMPANY. THEY SHALL BE USED EXCLUSIVELY FOR REFERENCE WORK ON CONTRACTS
OR PROPOSALS SUBMITTED BY TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON INSTRUMENTS INC. AND SHALL BE RETURNED ON

ARE TO BE PLUS OR MINUS 1/4".


REQUEST. THIS DRAWING MUST BE KEPT ONLY IN THE CONFIDENTIAL FILES OF TURNER DESIGNS HYDROCARBON
INSTRUMENTS INC., WHEN NOT IN USE. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

19 3/8" 493

3/4" 19 LIFT EYS


ONE EACH SIDE

1/2" TUBE FITTING

HEIGHT TO CENTER OF LIFTING EYES


1 7/8" 47

62 5/8" 1590
INSTRUMENT QUALITY
SAMPLE DRAIN

AIR SUPPLY INLET


1/2" TUBE FITTING
16 3/4" 427

49 1/2" 1258

2 7/8" 73
17 1/4" 437
A DPK 1/31/13 ECN 3301

REV APVD DATE DESCRIPTION

2023 N. GATEWAY BLVD


SUITE 101
FRESNO, CA 93727, USA
BACK VIEW 559-253-1414
559-253-1090 fax
DESCRIPTION

TD-4100-XD GENERAL ARRANGEMENT


MATERIAL

DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE SHEET

SAB CWR 1/14/13 5 OF 5

A
SIZE SCALE DRAWING NUMBER

NONE 104655

11-6 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
12 FORMS

This chapter provides surveys and checklists to record commissioning and troubleshooting data. The
following forms are included in this chapter.

• Customer Application Survey


• Installation Checklist
• Commissioning Record Sheet
• Troubleshooting Worksheet
FORMS E09 TD-4100XD

□ Natural Gas
12.1 CUSTOMER APPLICATION □ Nuclear
SURVEY
□ Pulp or Paper Plant
□ Steel/Aluminum Plant or Mill
□ Drinking Water Plant
GENERAL INFORMATION □ Mining Operation

Contact Information: □ Other:     

3. Please specify the site details for monitoring (select all that
Name apply):
□ Oil Field Produced Water for Discharge
Department
□ Oil Field Produced Water for Reinjection

Project Name □ Bilge Water Discharge


□ Slop Tank Discharge
Project Location □ Deck Drains Discharge

Company □ Water Plant Intake Protection


□ Industrial Wastewater Discharge
Address □ Plant Process Water
□ Heat Exchange Leak Detection
□ Storm Water Discharge
□ Other:     

4. Purpose for Monitoring (select all that apply):


Phone
□ Leak Detection
Fax □ Process Protection
□ Treatment Verification
E-Mail
□ Discharge Compliance
□ Process Control
□ Spill Response
□ Soil Remediation
Check or underline all that apply: □ Other:     

1. Instrument Requested: 5. Specify the primary SOURCE of the water to be monitored:


□ Continuous On-Line Monitor □ Oil/Gas Produced Water
□ *Handheld or Bench Top Analyzer □ Bilge / Ballast Water

*Note: If Handheld or Bench Top Analyzer is selected □ Deck Drains / Slop Tanks
please complete questions 2-12 & 28-33 only. □ River
□ Lake
2. Please identify the business of the end-user:
□ FPSO or FSO □ Sea Water

□ Ship □ Ground Water

□ Drilling Rig □ Drinking / Tap Water

□ Fixed Platform Oil/Gas Production □ Storm Water Runoff

□ Onshore Oil/Gas Production □ Steam Condensate

□ Refinery □ Purified Water

□ Petrochemical Plant □ Other:     

□ Industrial Wastewater Treatment 6. Specify the target oil, compound or compound type(s):
□ Industrial Manufacturing Plant Benzene Transformer Oil

□ Power Plant Toluene Heat Transfer Fluid

□ Hydro Electric Ethyl Benzene Diesel / Marine Diesel

□ Fuel Oil Xylenes Jet Fuel

12-2 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD FORMS

BTEX Lubricating Oil Can you cool the sample if >140°F (60°C)?
Phenol Hydraulic Oil □ Yes
Aniline Fuel Oil #      □ No
Gasoline Crude Oil □ Unknown
Gas Condensate
13. Specify other water treatment chemicals present in the
Other by chemical name: water:
      Chemical Name:     

Specify product name: Concentration:     

□ None
     
14. Special corrosion requirements of wetted surfaces:
7. For CRUDE OIL or GAS CONDENSATE:
Specify:
□ None
API Gravity:      
15. What is flow and pressure available at the proposed site?
Please specify units of measure for each value.
Oil Density:      

Oil Color: Black Clear


16. Please specify instrument drain conditions:
8. Physical state of hydrocarbons in the water: □ Non-pressurized, i.e. cup sink/drain open to the
□ Fully dissolved atmosphere.

□ Dispersed droplets □ Pressurized. Please specify pressure:

□ Emulsified PSIG BARG Value:


□ Free, undissolved, floating
17. The monitor will:
9. Expected concentration range: □ Be connected to a central monitoring system using the
□ ppm 4-20 mA output
□ ppb □ Be setup to trigger audio or visual alarm

10. Clarity of water to be measured: □ Control a device such as pump or valve


□ Clear □ Be connected to a data logger
□ Cloudy 18. Details of control requirements:

Suspended solids: mg/l      

Turbidity measurement: NTU

Dissolved Gas

Concentration: m3/kg

Other:     

11. pH:
Typical pH:

Typical pH range: to
19. Alarm Relay System Requirements:
12. Sample Temperature: Connected alarm device(s) is/are:
Typical temperature: °F °C □ AC
□ DC
Temperature range: °F °C

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 12-3


Rev G User Manual
FORMS E09 TD-4100XD

Connected alarm device(s) is/are: List any other certifications or special testing require-
ments:
□ Powered
□ Not Powered

Voltage required for alarm device(s):      □ None

25. Regulatory Approvals (select all that apply):


Amperage required for alarm device(s):     
□ IMO 107(49)
20. Alarm Setting: □ IMO 60(33)
High Alarm Set Point (ppm):       □ CSA
□ ATEX
21. Output Signal communication protocol:
□ INMETRO
□ 4-20mA signal only (standard)
□ Other:     
□ HART (optional)
□ ModBus (optional) 26. Air Supply:
□ Instrument quality, dry, oil free air
□ Other:     
□ Standard compressed air
Note: HART and ModBus communication is unidirectional
□ No air available
and can be used only for identification and monitoring.
27. Power available at the site:
22. The monitor will be located: □ VAC
□ Indoors
□ Cycle
□ Outdoors
□ Phase
□ Shelter Required
□ VDC
23. Ambient Conditions:
28. Instrument Reporting Requirement:
Typical temperature: °F °C □ Qualitative (Upset Monitor)
□ Quantitative (requires calibration with specific
Temperature range: °F °C hydrocarbon).
□ Other:      
Typical Humidity: %
29. Do you have laboratory equipment for preparing hydrocar-
Humidity Range: % bon standards?
□ Yes
24. Hazardous Area Requirements:
□ No
□ North American Standards:
□ Unknown
Class (I, II or III):      
30. The water to be monitored by this unit is:
□ Not currently monitored
Division (1 or 2):      
□ Monitored by sending samples to a lab
Groups (A, B, C, D or E, F, G):       □ Other:      

*Temperature Code:       31. Is the Turner Designs instrument replacing another type of
instrument?
□ European ATEX Standards: □ Yes

**Group (I or II):       □ No

If yes, please specify brand:      


Category (M1, M2 or 1, 2, 3):      
Please specify part number:      
Zone (0, 1 or 2):      
*Highest permissible surface temperature for equipment
*Temperature Code:       used in gas-explosion protected atmospheres (T1 through
T6), if available or required. Note: For North America,
□ General Purpose there are sub-temperature codes, e.g. T4A = 120°C.
IP Rating:     
**If subgroup IIA (propane or equivalent hazard), IIB (ethyl-
ene or equivalent hazard) or IIC (hydrogen or equivalent
hazard) is known, please specify.

12-4 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD FORMS

12.2 INSTALLATION CHECKLIST


This checklist outlines work that is required prior to installation of the E09 TD-4100XD. If any of these
requirements cannot be met, in some cases alternative installation procedures will provide reliable
results; contact Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments for site preparation support. Please check or
underline when work or activity is complete.

12.2.1 LOCATION & MOUNTING


□ Monitor installed out of direct sunlight.
□ Monitor installed below 6550 ft [2000 m] elevation.
□ Monitor installed in low helium environment.
□ Monitor installed where ambient temperatures are 0 to 120°F [-17 to 49°C]. An enclosure heater will
allow operation below 32°F [0°C].
□ Monitor installed more than 10 ft [3 m] from sources of strong electromagnetic fields.
□ Monitor installed in a non-hazardous area.
□ Monitor installed in an ATEX Zone 2 or IEC Class 1, Division 2 hazardous-area.
□ Monitor installed in an IEC Class 1, Division 1 hazardous area.
□ Monitor installed in an ATEX Zone 1 hazardous area.
□ Monitor is mounted within 22.5° of vertical (and if installed shipboard, as near
the ships center of gravity or centerline as practical).
□ If the monitor is installed in a high vibration or seismically active area, vibration isolators are fitted.
□ Clearance around the monitor is at least 3 ft. 3 in. [1 m] to permit monitor maintenance.

12.2.2 ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL


□ Power supply connection details are as defined in Chapter 4 OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES, in-line
with the power supply specified.
□ System-function and sample level alarm connection details are as defined in Chapter 4.4.2 Alarm
Outputs, in-line with the alarm relays specified.
□ Sample level analog output connection details are as defined in Chapter 4.4.3 Analog Output, in-line
with the analog output configuration specified.

12.2.3 INSTRUMENT AIR


□ Monitor air supply complies with ISA S70.01-1996, Section 5 and
ISO 8573.1, unless an air membrane dryer and pre-filter is specified.
□ Monitor air supply pressure must be between 60 and 100 psig,
[413 and 689 kPa(g)], unless an air membrane dryer and pre-filter is specified which requires an air
supply pressure between 90 and 120 psig, [620 and 827 kPa(g)].
□ Monitor air supply capable of monitor air flow requirements detailed in Section 2.2.2 Instrument Air.
□ Monitor air supply connection details are as defined in Section 2.2.2.2 Installation – Piping
Connection.

12.2.4 COOLING WATER (OPTIONAL, FOR SAMPLE COOLER)


□ Monitor cooling water supply details are as defined in the TDHI sample cooler design
documentation, if a sample cooler is specified.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 12-5


Rev G User Manual
FORMS E09 TD-4100XD

12.2.5 SAMPLE SUPPLY


□ Monitor sample supply flow must be between 2 to 3 U.S. gal/min, [7.5 to 11.5 L/min]. NOTE: The
minimum sample flow is 1.5 U.S. gal/min [5.5 L/min], and the maximum sample flow is 4.5 U.S. gal/
min, [17 L/min].
□ Monitor sample supply pressure must be between 5 and 20 psig [34 and 137 kPa(g)]. If the
sample pressure is below 5 psig [34 kPa(g)], a sample supply pump must be specified. NOTE: The
maximum sample supply pressure is 20 psig [137 kPa(g)].
□ Monitor sample supply temperature must be between 32 to 200 °F [0 to 93 °C]. If the sample
temperature is above 200 °F [93 °C] or if the operating sample supply temperature fluctuation is
above ±10 °F [±5.5 °C], a sample cooler has been specified.
□ Monitor sample supply has been degassed to near atmospheric pressure prior to the sample point.
□ Monitor sample supply sediment loading is below 10lb / 1000 bbl [0.3 kg/m3] unless TDHI has
specifically approved the application.
□ Monitor sample supply pH is between 2 and 10.
□ Monitor sample supply is treated with an aromatic-free chemical if bacterial growth is possible /
expected.
□ Monitor sample supply connection details are as defined in
Section 2.3.2.2 Installation – Piping Connection.

12.2.6 SAMPLE RETURN / SAMPLE DRAIN


□ Monitor sample return / sample drain system is capable of handling 4 U.S. gal/min [15.0 L/min]
sample, 10 ft3/hr [0.28 m3/hr] air, and solids separated and gas evolved in the sample delivery /
conditioning system.
□ Monitor sample return / sample drain backpressure at design rates will not exceed 2.0” H2O [0.48
kPa(g)] nor fluctuate more than ±1.0” H2O [0.25 kPa(g)] unless a sample return pump is specified.
□ Monitor sample return / sample drain connection details are as defined in
Section 2.3.1.2 Installation – Piping Connection.

12.2.7 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT / SUPPLIES REQUIRED


□ For correlation calibration applications, confirm the laboratory oil & grease analysis instrument,
equipment, and supplies are available for measuring oil & grease concentrations in 60 grab samples.
□ For demonstrating cleaning of optical windows during training and for direct calibration application
standard preparation, ensure one liter of 2-propanol (isopropanol and isopropyl alcohol) is available.
□ For demonstrating cleaning of optical windows during training, ensure one liter of purified water is
available.
□ If a CheckPOINTTM Solid Standard was provided with the monitor, ensure that this item is present as
it is required during the commissioning.

12-6 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD FORMS

12.3 COMMISSIONING RECORD SHEET

Installation Site Information


Company Commission Date
Address Commissioning Technician
Model #

Serial #

Optical Configuration

T: F:

Final Instrument Configuration


Task Yes No Notes/Comments
Electricity provided to instrument

Air provided to instrument

Water flowing through Flowcell

Relays connected

4-20 mA output connected

NOTE: The DIAG.TXT and SETUP.TXT files from the TD-USB key should also be included with this report.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 12-7


Rev G User Manual
FORMS E09 TD-4100XD

12.4 TROUBLESHOOTING WORKSHEET


All setup and diagnostic data is included in the SETUP.TXT and DIAG.TXT files. They can be copied
from TD-USB drive.

NOTE: Use only the TD-USB drive in the E09 TD-4100XD. Other USB drives will not function properly.

Send a print or electronic copy of both the SETUP.TXT and DIAG.TXT files along with the general
information in this form when requesting troubleshooting help or service from TDHI.

See Section 5.4.1 About TD-USB Synchronization and Section 7.10 Accessing System and
Configuration Records for more information on system memory and backup files.

General Information

Unit Serial Number:


Description of Problem:

Date / Time problem started:


Describe any monitor physical damage:

Physical Inspection

Is the main power switch on? YES NO


Date the monitor was last cleaned:
Monitor was last cleaned with: Acid Detergent Water & Brushes

Tug each wire terminated to the monitor terminal blocks to confirm solid connection. If any are loose,
record them.

Verify that the fuses on all connections are not blown.

12-8 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
13 GLOSSARY

Access Panel: The panel inside the monitor enclosure door on which the USB port, analog output loop
switch, relay terminal blocks, and optional enclosure heater are mounted.

Air Control Panel: A panel which contains the air-purge supply system and the flow cell cooler supply
system.

Air Curtain Flow Control Valve: A gas variable area meter and air control valve that allows you to
change the rate of air flowing to the air curtain.

Air Curtain Pressure Regulator: An adjustable pressure regulator that allows you to set the pressure
of the air flowing to the air curtain.

Air Curtain Pressure Gauge: A gauge which measures the pressure of the air curtain supply air.

Air Curtain Supply System: A subsystem that provides a stream of clean and dry air that is directed
onto the optical windows of the Sample Block to prevent build-up of condensation on the windows.

Air Purge Enclosure Purge Protection Pressure Regulator: An adjustable pressure regulator that
allows you to set the pressure of the air flowing to the analyzer electronics enclosure.

Air Purge Visual Purge Pressure Indicator: A light on the face of the purge pressure indicator or
purge pressure controller which illuminates when the electronic enclosure pressure is “safe”.

Air Purge System Pressure Gauge: A pressure gauge that permits you to monitor the pressure of the
air flowing to the monitor electronics enclosure.

Air Purge System (optional): This system permits operation of the analyzer in hazardous locations
and provides environmental protection for the monitor’s electronics.

Alarm Relay Fuses: Alarm relay output fuses located on the monitor computer assembly. They protect
the alarm relay outputs.

Automatic Valve System (AVS) : An monitor assembly that automatically closes the sample outlet
valve if the in-line bubble-trap inlet pressure falls below 5 psig [34 kPa(g)], and automatically opens the
sample outlet valve 60 seconds after the in-line bubble-trap inlet pressure exceeds 5 psig [34 kPa(g)].
To permit monitor calibration, the sample outlet valve may be manually opened and closed.

Automatic Valve Selector Switch: A three position selector switch that permits local manual control or
automatic control of the automatic sample outlet valve.

Automatic Sample Outlet Valve: A valve which isolates the sample flow from the in line bubble-trap to
the Falling Stream Flow cell without interrupting the main sample flow.

Analyzer Structural Frame: The stainless steel box frame on which the analyzer with its options and
accessories are mounted.

Blank: A solution containing no measurable target hydrocarbons, used in a direct calibration.

Calibration Bottle: A plastic bottle with a calibration mark that is used to flow calibration and cleaning
solutions via the short in-line bubble-trap column through the EZ Access Falling Stream Flow Cell.

Calibration Bottle Valve: A plastic ball valve which may be threaded onto the calibration bottle and is
used to regulate the flow of calibration / cleaning solutions through the EZ Access Falling Stream Flow
Cell.
GLOSSARY E09 TD-4100XD

Calibration Solutions: Solutions containing known quantities of the target hydrocarbon, used in direct
calibration of the analyzer.

DIAG.TXT: A text file documenting the current diagnostic information of the monitor.

Enclosure Door: The exterior front access to the analyzer enclosure.

Enclosure Vent: A wire screen filter vent that allows air from the air purge to exit the enclosure.

Falling Stream Flow Cell: The non-contact sample cell where the sample fluorescence is measured.

Flow Cell Drain: A hose which directs samples from the Falling Stream Flow cell to the overflow tube.
This hose also prevents stray light from entering the Falling Stream Flow cell.

Flow Cell Desiccant Plug : A removable desiccant package mounted on the front of the flow cell
nozzle assembly which protects the optical filters from the effects of moisture.

Flow Cell Door: A cover on the side of the EZ Access Falling Stream Flow Cell that may be removed
by turning a thumbscrew to view the falling stream or clean the optical windows.

Grounding Lug: A point on the analyzer structural frame used to bond the analyzer to the site
equipment ground grid.

High or Low Calibration Solution: Solution containing known quantities of the target hydrocarbon,
used in direct calibration of the monitor.

In-Line Bubble-Trap: A piping assembly that removes suspended solids and dissolved gas from the
sample stream, and provides a constant sample stream flow to the falling stream flow cell. The in line
bubble-trap is factory-mounted on the monitor structural support frame.

In-Line Bubble-Trap Drain Valve: A valve located at the sediment drain outlet of the long in-line
bubble-trap column, which allows sediment to drain from the in-line bubble-trap.

Instrument Air Supply Inlet: A connection where instrument air is connected to the air control panel.

Keypad: A touch-sensitive keyboard that allows you to configure and monitor the analyzer.

Lamp: The lamp provides the ultraviolet light that induces fluorescence. The average TD-4100XD lamp
life is 6000 hours, but the lamp must be replaced every six months to prevent alarms.

LCD Display: A Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) that displays analyzer information in response to keypad
entries.

Lifting Eye: Hard points provided for lifting the analyzer once the analyzer has been removed from the
shipping container.

Maximum Reportable Concentration: Measurement corresponding to 9999 RFU or 99,999


concentration units, whichever is less.

Main Power Switch: The main power switch for the E09 TD-4100XD system.

Minimum Reportable Concentration: The calibration curve intercept.

Monitor Terminal Blocks: Multiple-wire connectors located on the monitor access access panel,
inside the enclosure door.

ppm: Parts-per-million. A quantity-per-quantity notation used to express concentration of one


substance in another. For the purposes of this manual, ppm references the quantities μL/L (volume/
volume) and mg/L (mass/volume).

Relays 1-4: User-assignable relays that permit remote monitoring of system-function or sample-level
alarm status.

13-2 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD GLOSSARY

Removable Cap: The cap on the short in-line bubble-trap column, which may be removed to insert the
Calibration Bottle and Calibration Bottle Valve.

Sample Block: The falling stream flow cell Kynar® assembly which contains the optical windows and
emission optical filter.

Sample Inlet Valve: The valve that controls the sample flow to the in-line bubble-trap.

Sample Port: A valve and tube provided on the in-line bubble-trap inlet to permit grab sample collection
for analysis.

Sample Return Pump (optional): An air operated diaphragm pump which pumps the sample water
drain to the user drain or sample return system

Sample Return Pump Inlet Hose (optional): The hose that connects the Sample Return Pump inlet to
the sample water drain.

Sample Return Pump Outlet Hose (optional): The hose that connects the Sample Return Pump
outlet to the user sample return piping.

Sample Supply Pump (optional): An air operated diaphragm pump which pumps the sample from the
sample source to the in-line bubble-trap.

Sample Supply Pump Inlet Hose (optional): The hose that connects the Sample Supply Pump inlet
to the user sample supply piping.

Sample Supply Pump Outlet Hose (optional): The hose that connects the Sample Supply Pump
Outlet to the in-line bubble-trap sample water inlet.

Sample Water Drain: The monitor drain.

Sensitivity Screw: This screw is used to set the monitor sensitivity.

Sensitivity Screw Plug: A weatherproof plug which covers the sensitivity screw, which must be
removed to allow sensitivity adjustments.

SETUP.TXT: A text file documenting the current setup parameters for the monitor.

TD-USB: A USB data storage device that must be left in its appropriate port on the monitor at all times
except when retrieving files. The USB drive provided by Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments must
be used because other USB drives may not function properly.

Vent Cap: A cap on the in-line bubble-trap which allows connection of piping to vent gases from the
sample stream in the in-line bubble-trap.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 13-3


Rev G User Manual
14 LEGAL & WARRANTY

This chapter details warranty services and legal provisions regarding the product and its documentation.

14.1 COPYRIGHTS
All rights reserved. This document contains proprietary information of Turner Designs Hydrocarbon
Instruments, Inc. (TDHI), Edmonton, Alberta, Canada embodying confidential information, ideas, and
expressions. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic, mechanical, or otherwise, without prior written permission from TDHI.

14.2 TRADEMARKS
TD-550, TD-560, TD-120, TD-5100 ECA, NexTD, E09 TD-4100XDC, E09 TD-4100XD, TD-4100XDC,
TD-4100C, TD-1000C, TD-3100, TD-500, TD-500D, and TD-107 are trademarks of TDHI.

Other brand and product names are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective
holders.

14.3 RIGHT OF CHANGE


Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment
on the part of TDHI.

For questions or comments about this manual, please contact:

Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments, Inc.


Service Department
5304 36 Street
Edmonton, AB, Canada T6B 3P3

Tel: +1 559 253 1414 Fax: +1 559 253 1090


Email: service@oilinwatermonitors.com
Website: www.oilinwatermonitors.com

14.4 LIMITED WARRANTY


All TDHI products are manufactured under strict quality control to the highest standards available. It is
our intention to provide the fastest response to any potential warranty service requirement.

WHAT WE COVER

TDHI warrants its instruments and accessories to be free from manufacturing defects under normal use
and with proper maintenance as defined in the Operation and Maintenance Manual and as advised by
TDHI, for a period of one year (12 months) from the date of shipment. An extended warranty is available
at an additional cost for a total not to exceed 3 years (36 months) from date of shipment. The extended
warranty must be purchased prior to shipment.

If your instrument or instrument component becomes defective due to a manufacturing defect within
one year of shipment, TDHI will repair or replace at our sole option your instrument or component free
of charge at our factory, Edmonton, AB, Canada. All freight charges, insurance, customs duties and
LEGAL & WARRANTY E09 TD-4100XD

clearance fees, inland freight and handling fees from third parties to and from the factory to be paid for
by the customer.

All costs for removal, re-installation and for re-calibration of the instrument are not covered under
warranty and are the responsibility of the purchaser or customer.

All warranty return items will be assessed for malfunction and you will be notified regarding status. If the
malfunction is determined not to be covered under warranty, an explanation will be sent to you with an
estimate for repair.

WHAT WE DO NOT COVER

TDHI is not responsible for replacing limited life parts, such as lamps, or for replacing parts damaged
by accident or neglect. Note that all explosion proof instruments use air purge systems that require dry
oil free instrument quality air. Wet or oily air or air with particulates will void the warranty. The sensors
(Photomultipliers and diode arrays) are covered by the warranty. Your instrument must be installed
according to the instructions in the User’s Manual. Damage from contact with corrosive elements is not
covered. Damage caused by customer modification of the instrument is not covered.

• Damage incurred in shipping.


• Damage caused by installation not in compliance with instructions in this manual and
recommendations from TDHI.
• Damage resulting from measurement of samples found incompatible with the materials used in the
sampling system is not covered.
• Damage resulting from contact with corrosive materials, corrosive atmosphere, or solvents not
compatible with the monitor materials are not covered.
• Damage caused by modification of the equipment by the user is not covered.
• Damage caused by wet compressed air, oily compressed air, or particulates in compressed air is not
covered.
• The backlight on the digital display is warranted for 1800 hours of operation.
This warranty covers only TDHI products, and is not extended to special equipment not normally
supplied with our products.

SHIPPING

Although our instruments are built to withstand hard use, we are not responsible for damage incurred
during shipment to and from the factory. To avoid cosmetic and structural damage in your return
shipping, we recommend saving the original packing material. If an instrument returned under warranty
is not properly packaged or if the packaging is not re-useable, we will advise you of the cost for
repackaging.

OBTAINING SERVICE

Components potentially covered by warranty must be shipped freight pre-paid to TDHI. TDHI will
make a determination upon inspection of the inoperable or damaged component to determine if the
component is covered by warranty. In the event the component is covered by warranty, TDHI, at its sole
option, will repair or replace the item at no cost. In the event the damage is not covered by warranty, an
explanation will be sent to you with an estimate of the repair. TDHI will not begin the repair in this case
until a purchase order is received. All costs for removal, re-installation, and re-calibration of the monitor
are not covered under warranty and are the responsibility of the customer. All costs associated with
return of the monitor from the factory are the responsibility of the customer.

14-2 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G
E09 TD-4100XD LEGAL & WARRANTY

14.5 ATEX SYSTEMS


No modification of ATEX safety systems is permitted per policies and recommendations by anyone
other than the original certificate holder and the end user. The end user assumes responsibilities for the
modifications.

14.6 WARRANTY SERVICE WITHIN THE UNITED STATES/CANADA


To obtain service during the warranty period, the owner shall take the following steps:

1. Follow the instructions in Troubleshooting and Maintenance Sections.


2. Contact a TDHI representative at
Tel: +1 559 253 1414, Fax: +1 559 253 1090, or
3. Describe, as precisely as possible, the nature of the problem.
4. Carry out minor adjustments or tests as instructed by the TDHI service representative.
5. If proper performance is not obtained after consultation with TDHI’s service representative,
obtain a RMA number from TDHI, and ship the monitor, prepaid, to

Turner Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments, Inc.


Attention RMA # __________________
5304 36 Street
Edmonton, AB, Canada T6B 3P3
6. The monitor will be repaired free of charge, less shipping, if the damage is covered by the
warranty. This warranty service is provided to TDHI’s customers in the contiguous continental
United States and Canada.

14.7 WARRANTY SERVICE OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES/CANADA


TDHI features a worldwide network of trained service technicians. For customers outside of the
contiguous continental United States and Canada who have purchased the equipment from a TDHI
distributor, contact the TDHI distributor. The TDHI distributor will advise you on warranty coverage and
the use of a RMA number.

If the purchase was direct from TDHI, contact the TDHI service department. The monitor will be repaired
free of charge, less shipping, if the damage is covered by the warranty, as described in Section 14.4
Limited Warranty.

14.8 OUT-OF-WARRANTY SERVICE


Proceed exactly as for Warranty Service. Verbal or written support from TDHI’s representative is free.

Repair Service will be billed for time, materials, and custom clearance (if any). Shipment to Turner
Designs Hydrocarbon Instruments must be prepaid. We strongly suggest you insure the monitor during
shipment. Return shipment will be the responsibility of the customer unless otherwise negotiated. If the
repair service is not obtained, there is a minimum service charge for the inspection in addition to return
shipping.

PN104251 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor 14-3


Rev G User Manual
LEGAL & WARRANTY E09 TD-4100XD

14.9 INTERNATIONAL DEALERS & REPRESENTATIVES


Contact TDHI for your local representative.

5304 36 Street, Edmonton, AB, Canada T6B 3P3


Tel: +1 559 253 1414 Fax:: +1 559 253 1090
Sales & Marketing E: sales@oilinwatermonitors.com
Application Support E: service@oilinwatermonitors.com
Website: www.oilinwatermonitors.com

14.10 DOMESTIC DEALERS & REPRESENTATIVES


Contact TDHI for your local representative.

5304 36 Street, Edmonton, AB, Canada T6B 3P3


Tel: +1 559 253 1414 Fax:: +1 559 253 1090
Sales & Marketing E: sales@oilinwatermonitors.com
Application Support E: service@oilinwatermonitors.com
Website: www.oilinwatermonitors.com

14-4 E09 TD-4100XD Oil In Water Monitor PN104251


User Manual Rev G

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy